Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 3390:de60f6fa3d8d v7.3.461
updated for version 7.3.461
Problem: The InsertCharPre autocommand event is not triggered during
completion and when typing several characters quickly.
Solution: Also trigger InsertCharPre during completion. Do not read ahead
when an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 29 Feb 2012 18:22:08 +0100 |
| parents | c70c005f61fb |
| children | c1a6e1745cb5 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 64 #endif | |
| 7 | 65 |
| 66 /* | |
| 67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 68 */ | |
| 681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 70 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 81 }; |
| 82 | |
| 464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 85 | |
| 86 /* | |
| 87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 92 */ |
| 464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 96 |
| 825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 100 | |
| 657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 102 * are used. */ | |
| 103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 104 | |
| 665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 106 in compl_leader */ | |
| 107 | |
| 657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 110 the longest common string. */ | |
| 111 | |
| 874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 113 completions. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 116 | |
| 449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 120 |
| 1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 124 | |
| 464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 132 * that is being completed */ | |
| 133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 134 * completion started */ | |
| 135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 137 |
| 3078 | 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
| 139 | |
| 449 | 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 3078 | 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3095 | 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
| 7 | 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 3078 | 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
| 724 | 171 #endif |
| 659 | 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 188 | |
| 661 | 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 201 #endif |
| 7 | 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 215 #endif | |
| 216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 222 #endif | |
| 223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 225 #endif | |
| 449 | 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 234 #endif |
| 692 | 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 237 #endif | |
| 7 | 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 248 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 250 #endif | |
| 251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 255 #endif | |
| 256 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 449 | 257 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 258 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 259 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 260 #endif | |
| 261 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3390 | 262 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 263 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 264 #endif | |
| 7 | 265 |
| 266 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 267 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 268 | |
| 269 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 270 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 271 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 272 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 273 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 274 |
| 275 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 276 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 277 #endif | |
| 278 | |
| 279 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 280 | |
| 281 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 282 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 283 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 284 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 285 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 286 #endif |
| 287 | |
| 288 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 289 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 290 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 291 | |
| 292 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 293 under the cursor */ | |
| 294 | |
| 295 /* | |
| 296 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 297 * | |
| 298 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 299 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 300 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 301 * 'R' replace command | |
| 302 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 303 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 304 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 305 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 306 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 307 * | |
| 308 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 309 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 310 * | |
| 311 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 312 */ | |
| 313 int | |
| 314 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 315 int cmdchar; | |
| 316 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 317 long count; | |
| 318 { | |
| 319 int c = 0; | |
| 320 char_u *ptr; | |
| 321 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 322 int mincol; |
| 7 | 323 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 324 int i; | |
| 325 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 326 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 327 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 328 #endif | |
| 329 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 330 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 331 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 332 #endif | |
| 333 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 334 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 335 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 336 |
| 603 | 337 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 338 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 339 | |
| 7 | 340 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 341 * error message */ | |
| 342 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 343 | |
| 344 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 345 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 346 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 349 return FALSE; | |
| 350 } | |
| 351 #endif | |
| 632 | 352 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 353 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 354 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 355 { |
| 356 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 357 return FALSE; | |
| 358 } | |
| 7 | 359 |
| 360 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 361 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 362 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 363 { |
| 364 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 365 return FALSE; | |
| 366 } | |
| 7 | 367 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 368 #endif | |
| 369 | |
| 11 | 370 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 371 /* | |
| 372 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 373 */ | |
| 374 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 375 { | |
| 532 | 376 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 377 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 378 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 379 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 380 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 381 else | |
| 382 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 383 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 384 # endif |
| 11 | 385 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 386 } | |
| 387 #endif | |
| 388 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
389 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
390 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
391 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
392 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
393 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
394 |
| 7 | 395 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 396 /* | |
| 397 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 398 * where the paste started. | |
| 399 */ | |
| 400 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 401 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 402 else | |
| 403 #endif | |
| 404 { | |
| 405 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 406 if (startln) | |
| 407 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 408 } | |
| 1869 | 409 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 410 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 411 if (!did_ai) | |
| 412 ai_col = 0; | |
| 413 | |
| 414 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 415 { | |
| 416 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 417 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 418 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 419 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 420 { | |
| 421 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 422 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 423 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 else | |
| 426 #endif | |
| 427 { | |
| 428 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 429 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 430 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 431 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 432 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 | |
| 436 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 437 { | |
| 438 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 439 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 440 { | |
| 441 beep_flush(); | |
| 442 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 443 State = INSERT; | |
| 444 } | |
| 445 else | |
| 446 #endif | |
| 447 State = REPLACE; | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 450 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 451 { | |
| 452 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 453 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 454 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 455 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 456 } | |
| 457 #endif | |
| 458 else | |
| 459 State = INSERT; | |
| 460 | |
| 461 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 462 | |
| 463 /* | |
| 464 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 465 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 466 */ | |
| 467 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 468 | |
| 469 /* | |
| 470 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 471 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 472 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 473 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 474 */ | |
| 475 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 476 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 477 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 478 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 479 #endif | |
| 480 | |
| 481 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 482 setmouse(); | |
| 483 #endif | |
| 484 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 485 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 486 #endif | |
| 487 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 488 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 489 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 490 if (revins_on) | |
| 491 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 492 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 493 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 494 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 495 #endif | |
| 496 | |
| 497 /* | |
| 498 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 499 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 500 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 501 */ | |
| 502 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 503 { | |
| 504 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 505 /* | |
| 506 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 507 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 508 */ | |
| 509 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 510 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 511 else | |
| 512 #endif | |
| 513 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 514 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 515 | |
| 516 /* | |
| 517 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 518 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 519 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 520 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 521 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 522 */ | |
| 523 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 524 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 525 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 526 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 527 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 528 { | |
| 529 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 530 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 531 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 532 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 533 { | |
| 474 | 534 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 535 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 536 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 537 } | |
| 538 #endif | |
| 539 } | |
| 230 | 540 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 541 } |
| 542 else | |
| 543 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 544 | |
| 545 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 546 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 547 | |
| 548 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 549 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 550 | |
| 551 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 552 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 553 #endif | |
| 554 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 555 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 556 #endif | |
| 557 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 558 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 559 * restarting. */ | |
| 560 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 561 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 562 #endif | |
| 563 | |
| 564 /* | |
| 565 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 566 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 567 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 568 */ | |
| 569 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 570 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 571 i = showmode(); |
| 572 | |
| 573 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 574 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 575 |
| 576 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 577 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 578 #endif | |
| 579 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 580 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 581 #endif | |
| 582 | |
| 603 | 583 /* |
| 584 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 585 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 586 */ | |
| 7 | 587 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 588 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 589 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 590 else | |
| 591 { | |
| 592 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 593 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 594 } | |
| 595 | |
| 596 old_indent = 0; | |
| 597 | |
| 598 /* | |
| 599 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 600 */ | |
| 601 for (;;) | |
| 602 { | |
| 603 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 604 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 605 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 606 else | |
| 607 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 608 #endif | |
| 609 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 610 count = 0; | |
| 611 | |
| 612 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 613 { | |
| 614 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 615 count = 0; | |
| 616 goto doESCkey; | |
| 617 } | |
| 618 | |
| 619 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 620 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 621 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 622 | |
| 623 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 624 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 625 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 626 { | |
| 627 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 628 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 629 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 630 } | |
| 631 | |
| 632 /* | |
| 633 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 634 */ | |
| 635 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 636 | |
| 637 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 638 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 639 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 640 * autocommand. */ | |
| 641 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 642 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 643 #endif | |
| 644 | |
| 645 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 646 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 647 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 648 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 649 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 650 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 651 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 652 #endif | |
| 653 | |
| 654 /* | |
| 655 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 656 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 657 * redraw. | |
| 658 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 659 * something. | |
| 660 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 661 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 662 */ | |
| 663 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 664 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 665 && !did_backspace | |
| 666 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 667 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 668 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 669 #endif | |
| 670 ) | |
| 671 { | |
| 672 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 673 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 674 | |
| 1869 | 675 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 676 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 677 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 678 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 679 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 680 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 681 #endif | |
| 682 )) | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 685 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 686 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 687 else | |
| 688 #endif | |
| 689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 690 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 691 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 692 else | |
| 693 #endif | |
| 694 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 695 } | |
| 696 } | |
| 697 | |
| 698 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 699 update_topline(); | |
| 700 | |
| 701 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 702 | |
| 703 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 704 | |
| 705 /* | |
| 706 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 707 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 708 */ | |
| 661 | 709 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 710 |
| 711 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 712 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 713 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 714 #endif | |
| 715 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
716 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
717 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
718 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
719 #endif |
| 7 | 720 update_curswant(); |
| 721 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 722 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 723 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 724 #endif | |
| 725 | |
| 726 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 727 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 728 #endif | |
| 729 | |
| 730 /* | |
| 1526 | 731 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 732 */ |
| 733 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 734 do |
| 735 { | |
| 736 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 737 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 738 |
| 978 | 739 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 740 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 741 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 742 #endif | |
| 743 | |
| 7 | 744 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 745 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 746 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 747 #endif | |
| 748 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 749 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 750 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 751 #endif | |
| 752 | |
| 753 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 754 /* |
| 755 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 756 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 757 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 758 */ |
| 897 | 759 if (compl_started |
| 760 && pum_wanted() | |
| 761 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 762 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 763 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 764 { |
| 765 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 766 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 767 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 768 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 769 continue; |
| 770 | |
| 659 | 771 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 772 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 773 { |
| 659 | 774 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 775 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 776 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 777 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 778 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 779 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 780 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 781 { |
| 782 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 783 continue; | |
| 784 } | |
| 785 | |
| 1430 | 786 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 787 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 788 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 789 { |
| 3390 | 790 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 791 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
| 792 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 793 char_u *p; | |
| 794 | |
| 795 if (str != NULL) | |
| 796 { | |
| 797 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 798 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
| 799 vim_free(str); | |
| 800 } | |
| 801 else | |
| 802 #endif | |
| 803 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 659 | 804 continue; |
| 805 } | |
| 665 | 806 |
| 887 | 807 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 808 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 809 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 810 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 811 { |
| 812 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 813 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 814 } | |
| 657 | 815 } |
| 816 } | |
| 817 | |
| 7 | 818 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 819 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 820 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 821 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 822 continue; |
| 7 | 823 #endif |
| 824 | |
| 477 | 825 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 826 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 827 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 828 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 829 { | |
| 830 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 831 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 832 ++no_mapping; |
| 833 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 834 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 835 --no_mapping; |
| 836 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 837 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 838 { |
| 477 | 839 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 840 vungetc(c); |
| 841 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 842 } | |
| 843 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 844 continue; | |
| 845 else | |
| 846 { | |
| 477 | 847 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 848 { | |
| 849 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 850 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 851 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 852 } | |
| 7 | 853 count = 0; |
| 854 goto doESCkey; | |
| 855 } | |
| 856 } | |
| 857 | |
| 858 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 859 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 860 #endif | |
| 861 | |
| 862 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 863 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 864 goto docomplete; | |
| 865 #endif | |
| 866 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 867 { | |
| 868 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 869 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 870 continue; | |
| 871 } | |
| 872 | |
| 873 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 874 if (cindent_on() | |
| 875 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 876 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 877 # endif | |
| 878 ) | |
| 879 { | |
| 880 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 881 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 882 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 883 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 884 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 885 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 886 goto force_cindent; | |
| 887 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 888 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 889 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 890 } | |
| 891 #endif | |
| 892 | |
| 893 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 894 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 895 switch (c) | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 898 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 899 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 900 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 901 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 902 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 903 } | |
| 904 #endif | |
| 905 | |
| 906 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 907 /* | |
| 908 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 909 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 910 * characters. | |
| 911 */ | |
| 912 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 913 continue; | |
| 914 #endif | |
| 915 | |
| 916 /* | |
| 917 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 918 */ | |
| 919 switch (c) | |
| 920 { | |
| 449 | 921 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 922 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 923 break; | |
| 924 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 925 | |
| 449 | 926 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 927 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 928 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 929 { | |
| 930 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 931 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 932 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 933 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 934 goto doESCkey; |
| 935 } | |
| 936 #endif | |
| 937 | |
| 938 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 939 do_intr: | |
| 940 #endif | |
| 941 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 942 * Insert mode */ | |
| 943 if (goto_im()) | |
| 944 { | |
| 945 if (got_int) | |
| 946 { | |
| 947 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 948 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 949 } | |
| 950 else | |
| 951 vim_beep(); | |
| 952 break; | |
| 953 } | |
| 954 doESCkey: | |
| 955 /* | |
| 956 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 957 */ | |
| 958 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 959 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 960 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 961 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 962 | |
| 477 | 963 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 964 { |
| 965 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 966 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 967 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 968 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 969 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 970 #endif |
| 7 | 971 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 972 } |
| 7 | 973 continue; |
| 974 | |
| 449 | 975 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 976 if (!p_im) | |
| 977 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 978 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 979 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 980 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 981 | |
| 982 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 983 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 984 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 985 goto docomplete; |
| 986 #endif | |
| 987 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 988 break; | |
| 989 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 990 |
| 991 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 992 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 993 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 994 { | |
| 995 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 996 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 997 } | |
| 998 #endif | |
| 449 | 999 count = 0; |
| 1000 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1001 | |
| 464 | 1002 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 1003 case K_KINS: | |
| 1004 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 1005 break; | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 1008 break; | |
| 1009 | |
| 449 | 1010 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 1011 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 1012 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 1013 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1014 #endif | |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 1017 case K_F1: | |
| 1018 case K_XF1: | |
| 1019 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 1020 if (p_im) | |
| 1021 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1022 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1025 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1026 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1027 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1028 --no_mapping; |
| 1029 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1030 break; | |
| 1031 #endif | |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1034 case NUL: |
| 1035 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1036 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1037 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1038 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1039 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1040 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1041 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1042 break; | |
| 1043 | |
| 449 | 1044 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1045 ins_reg(); |
| 1046 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1047 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1048 break; | |
| 1049 | |
| 449 | 1050 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1051 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1052 break; | |
| 1053 | |
| 449 | 1054 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1055 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1056 break; |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1059 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1060 if (!p_ari) |
| 1061 goto normalchar; | |
| 1062 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1063 break; | |
| 1064 #endif | |
| 1065 | |
| 449 | 1066 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1067 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1068 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1069 goto docomplete; | |
| 1070 #endif | |
| 1071 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1072 | |
| 449 | 1073 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1074 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1075 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1076 { | |
| 449 | 1077 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1078 goto docomplete; | |
| 1079 break; | |
| 7 | 1080 } |
| 1081 # endif | |
| 1082 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1083 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1084 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1085 break; | |
| 1086 | |
| 449 | 1087 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1088 case K_KDEL: |
| 1089 ins_del(); | |
| 1090 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1091 break; | |
| 1092 | |
| 449 | 1093 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1094 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1095 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1096 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1097 break; | |
| 1098 | |
| 449 | 1099 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1100 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1101 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1102 break; | |
| 1103 | |
| 449 | 1104 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1105 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1106 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1107 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1108 goto docomplete; |
| 1109 # endif | |
| 7 | 1110 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1111 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1112 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1113 break; | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1116 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1117 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1118 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1119 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1120 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1121 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1122 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1123 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1124 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1125 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1126 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1127 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1128 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1129 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1130 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1131 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1132 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1133 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1134 break; | |
| 1135 | |
| 449 | 1136 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1137 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1138 break; |
| 1139 | |
| 449 | 1140 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1141 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1142 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1144 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1145 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1146 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1147 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1148 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1149 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1150 break; |
| 1151 #endif | |
| 692 | 1152 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1153 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1154 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1155 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1156 break; | |
| 1157 #endif | |
| 7 | 1158 |
| 449 | 1159 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1160 break; |
| 1161 | |
| 661 | 1162 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1163 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1164 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1165 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1166 break; | |
| 1167 #endif | |
| 1168 | |
| 625 | 1169 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1170 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1171 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1172 case K_F4: | |
| 1173 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1174 goto normalchar; | |
| 1175 break; | |
| 1176 #endif | |
| 1177 | |
| 7 | 1178 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1179 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1180 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1181 break; | |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1184 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1185 break; | |
| 1186 #endif | |
| 1187 | |
| 449 | 1188 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1189 case K_KHOME: |
| 1190 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1191 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1192 ins_home(c); | |
| 1193 break; | |
| 1194 | |
| 449 | 1195 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1196 case K_KEND: |
| 1197 case K_S_END: | |
| 1198 case K_C_END: | |
| 1199 ins_end(c); | |
| 1200 break; | |
| 1201 | |
| 449 | 1202 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1203 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1204 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1205 else | |
| 1206 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1207 break; |
| 1208 | |
| 449 | 1209 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1210 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1211 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1212 break; | |
| 1213 | |
| 449 | 1214 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1215 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1216 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1217 else | |
| 1218 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1219 break; |
| 1220 | |
| 449 | 1221 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1222 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1223 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1224 break; | |
| 1225 | |
| 449 | 1226 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1227 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1228 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1229 goto docomplete; | |
| 1230 #endif | |
| 180 | 1231 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1232 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1233 else | |
| 1234 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1235 break; |
| 1236 | |
| 449 | 1237 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1238 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1239 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1240 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1241 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1242 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1243 #endif |
| 7 | 1244 ins_pageup(); |
| 1245 break; | |
| 1246 | |
| 449 | 1247 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1248 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1249 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1250 goto docomplete; | |
| 1251 #endif | |
| 180 | 1252 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1253 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1254 else | |
| 1255 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1256 break; |
| 1257 | |
| 449 | 1258 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1259 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1260 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1261 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1262 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1263 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1264 #endif |
| 7 | 1265 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1266 break; | |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1269 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1270 ins_drop(); |
| 1271 break; | |
| 1272 #endif | |
| 1273 | |
| 449 | 1274 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1275 c = TAB; |
| 1276 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1277 | |
| 449 | 1278 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1279 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1280 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1281 goto docomplete; | |
| 1282 #endif | |
| 1283 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1284 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1285 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1286 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1287 break; | |
| 1288 | |
| 449 | 1289 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1290 c = CAR; |
| 1291 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1292 case CAR: | |
| 1293 case NL: | |
| 1294 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1295 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1296 * cursor. */ | |
| 1297 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1298 { | |
| 644 | 1299 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1300 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1301 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1302 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1303 break; |
| 1304 } | |
| 1305 #endif | |
| 1306 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1307 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1308 { | |
| 1309 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1310 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1311 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1312 } | |
| 1313 #endif | |
| 1314 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1315 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1316 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1317 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1318 break; | |
| 1319 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1320 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1321 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1322 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1323 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1324 { | |
| 449 | 1325 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1326 goto docomplete; | |
| 1327 break; | |
| 7 | 1328 } |
| 1329 # endif | |
| 1330 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1331 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1332 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1333 break; | |
| 1334 # endif | |
| 1335 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1336 #endif |
| 7 | 1337 |
| 1338 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1339 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1340 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1341 break; | |
| 1342 | |
| 449 | 1343 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1344 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1345 goto normalchar; | |
| 1346 goto docomplete; | |
| 1347 | |
| 449 | 1348 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1349 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1350 goto normalchar; | |
| 1351 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1352 |
| 1353 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1354 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1355 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1356 goto normalchar; | |
| 1357 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1358 #endif |
| 1359 | |
| 449 | 1360 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1361 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1362 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1363 #endif | |
| 1364 { | |
| 1365 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1366 if (p_im) | |
| 1367 { | |
| 1368 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1369 break; | |
| 1370 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1371 } | |
| 1372 goto normalchar; | |
| 1373 } | |
| 1374 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1375 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1376 | |
| 449 | 1377 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1378 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1379 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1380 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1381 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1382 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1383 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1384 goto normalchar; |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1387 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1388 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1389 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1390 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1391 break; |
| 1392 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1393 | |
| 449 | 1394 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1395 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1396 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1397 break; |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 default: | |
| 1400 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1401 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1402 goto do_intr; | |
| 1403 #endif | |
| 1404 | |
| 2845 | 1405 normalchar: |
| 7 | 1406 /* |
| 1407 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1408 */ | |
| 2845 | 1409 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1410 if (!p_paste) | |
| 1411 { | |
| 3390 | 1412 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
| 1413 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 1414 char_u *p; | |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 if (str != NULL) | |
| 2845 | 1417 { |
| 3390 | 1418 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
| 2845 | 1419 { |
| 3390 | 1420 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
| 1421 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 2845 | 1422 { |
| 3390 | 1423 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 1424 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
| 1425 ins_eol(c); | |
| 1426 else | |
| 1427 ins_char(c); | |
| 2845 | 1428 } |
| 3390 | 1429 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
| 2845 | 1430 } |
| 3390 | 1431 vim_free(str); |
| 1432 c = NUL; | |
| 2845 | 1433 } |
| 1434 | |
| 3390 | 1435 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
| 1436 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
| 2845 | 1437 if (c == NUL) |
| 1438 break; | |
| 1439 } | |
| 1440 #endif | |
| 7 | 1441 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 1442 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1443 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1444 #endif | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1447 { | |
| 1448 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1449 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1450 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1451 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1452 #endif | |
| 1453 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1454 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1455 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1456 } | |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
| 1459 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1460 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1461 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1462 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1463 #endif | |
| 1464 c)) | |
| 1465 { | |
| 1466 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1467 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1468 revins_legal++; | |
| 1469 revins_chars++; | |
| 1470 #endif | |
| 1471 } | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1476 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1477 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1478 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1479 #endif | |
| 1480 break; | |
| 1481 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1482 | |
| 978 | 1483 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1484 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1485 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1486 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1487 #endif | |
| 1488 | |
| 7 | 1489 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1490 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1491 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1494 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1495 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1496 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1497 # endif | |
| 1498 ) | |
| 1499 { | |
| 1500 force_cindent: | |
| 1501 /* | |
| 1502 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1503 */ | |
| 1504 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1505 { | |
| 1506 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1507 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1508 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1509 } | |
| 1510 } | |
| 1511 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1514 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1515 } | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 /* | |
| 1518 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1519 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1520 * option work correctly. | |
| 1521 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1522 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1523 */ | |
| 1524 static void | |
| 661 | 1525 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1526 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1527 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1528 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1529 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1530 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1531 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1532 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1533 |
| 7 | 1534 if (!char_avail()) |
| 1535 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1536 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 794 | 1537 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1538 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1539 if (ready && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1540 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1541 has_cursormovedI() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1542 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1543 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1544 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1545 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1546 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1547 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1548 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1549 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1550 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 794 | 1551 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1552 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1553 # endif |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1554 ) |
| 661 | 1555 { |
| 1506 | 1556 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1557 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1558 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1559 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1560 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1561 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1562 update_screen(0); |
| 1563 # endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1564 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1565 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1566 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1567 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1568 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1569 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1570 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1571 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1572 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1573 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1574 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 # endif |
| 661 | 1576 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 1577 } | |
| 1578 #endif | |
| 7 | 1579 if (must_redraw) |
| 1580 update_screen(0); | |
| 1581 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1582 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1583 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1584 if ((conceal_update_lines |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1585 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1586 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1587 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1588 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1589 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1590 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1591 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1592 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1593 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1594 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1595 # endif |
| 7 | 1596 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1597 setcursor(); | |
| 1598 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1599 } | |
| 1600 } | |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 /* | |
| 1603 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1604 */ | |
| 1605 static void | |
| 1606 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1607 { | |
| 1608 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1609 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1610 |
| 1611 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1612 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1613 |
| 1614 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1615 { |
| 7 | 1616 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1617 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1618 } | |
| 7 | 1619 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1622 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1623 #endif | |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1626 if (did_putchar) |
| 1627 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1628 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1629 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1630 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1631 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1632 #endif | |
| 1633 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1634 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1635 revins_chars++; | |
| 1636 revins_legal++; | |
| 1637 #endif | |
| 1638 } | |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 /* | |
| 1641 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1642 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1643 */ | |
| 1644 static int pc_status; | |
| 1645 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1646 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1647 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1648 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1649 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1650 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1651 #else | |
| 1652 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1653 #endif | |
| 1654 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1655 static int pc_row; | |
| 1656 static int pc_col; | |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 void | |
| 1659 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1660 int c; | |
| 1661 int highlight; | |
| 1662 { | |
| 1663 int attr; | |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1666 { | |
| 1667 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1668 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1669 if (highlight) | |
| 1670 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1671 else | |
| 1672 attr = 0; | |
| 1673 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1674 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1675 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1676 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1677 #endif | |
| 1678 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1679 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1680 { | |
| 1681 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1682 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1683 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1684 { | |
| 1685 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1688 { | |
| 1689 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1690 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1691 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1692 } | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 # endif | |
| 1695 } | |
| 1696 else | |
| 1697 #endif | |
| 1698 { | |
| 1699 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1700 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1701 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1702 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1703 #endif | |
| 1704 } | |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1707 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1708 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1709 #endif | |
| 1710 { | |
| 1711 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1712 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1713 } | |
| 1714 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1715 } | |
| 1716 } | |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 /* | |
| 1719 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1720 */ | |
| 1721 void | |
| 1722 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1723 { | |
| 1724 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1727 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1728 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1729 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1730 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1731 else | |
| 1732 #endif | |
| 1733 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1734 } | |
| 1735 } | |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 /* | |
| 1738 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1739 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1740 */ | |
| 1741 void | |
| 1742 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1743 colnr_T col; | |
| 1744 { | |
| 1745 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1748 return; | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 cursor_off(); | |
| 1751 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1752 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1753 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1754 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1755 { | |
| 1756 char_u *p; | |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1759 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1760 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1761 } | |
| 1762 #endif | |
| 1763 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1764 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1765 { | |
| 1766 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1767 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1770 } | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 /* | |
| 1773 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1774 * in insert mode. | |
| 1775 */ | |
| 1776 static void | |
| 1777 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1778 { | |
| 3318 | 1779 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 1780 { | |
| 1781 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 7 | 1782 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
| 1783 } | |
| 1784 } | |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 /* | |
| 1787 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1788 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1789 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1790 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1791 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1792 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1793 */ | |
| 1794 void | |
| 1516 | 1795 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1796 int type; |
| 1797 int amount; | |
| 1798 int round; | |
| 1799 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1800 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1801 { |
| 1802 int vcol; | |
| 1803 int last_vcol; | |
| 1804 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1805 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1806 int i; | |
| 1807 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1808 int save_p_list; | |
| 1809 int start_col; | |
| 1810 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1811 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1812 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1813 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1816 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1817 { | |
| 1818 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1819 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1820 } | |
| 1821 #endif | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1824 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1825 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1826 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1827 vcol = vc; | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 /* | |
| 1830 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1831 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1832 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1833 */ | |
| 1834 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1837 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1838 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1839 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 /* | |
| 1844 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1845 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1846 */ | |
| 1847 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1848 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1851 start_col = -1; | |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 /* | |
| 1854 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1855 */ | |
| 1856 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1857 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1858 else |
| 1859 { | |
| 1860 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1861 int save_State = State; | |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1864 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1865 State = INSERT; | |
| 1866 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1867 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1868 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1869 State = save_State; | |
| 1870 #endif | |
| 1871 } | |
| 1872 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 /* | |
| 1875 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1876 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1877 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1878 * non-blank character. | |
| 1879 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1880 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1881 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1882 */ | |
| 1883 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1884 { | |
| 1885 /* | |
| 1886 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1887 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1888 */ | |
| 1889 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1890 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1891 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1892 } | |
| 1893 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1894 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1895 else | |
| 1896 { | |
| 1897 /* | |
| 1898 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1899 */ | |
| 1900 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1901 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1902 |
| 1903 /* | |
| 1904 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1905 */ | |
| 1906 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1907 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1908 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1909 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1910 { | |
| 1911 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1912 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1913 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1914 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1915 else |
| 1916 #endif | |
| 1917 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1918 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1919 } | |
| 1920 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 /* | |
| 1923 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1924 * the right screen column. | |
| 1925 */ | |
| 1926 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1927 { | |
| 1869 | 1928 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1929 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1930 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1931 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1932 { | |
| 1933 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1934 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1935 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1936 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1937 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1938 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1939 } | |
| 1940 } | |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 /* | |
| 1943 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1944 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1945 */ | |
| 1946 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1947 } | |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1952 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1953 else | |
| 1869 | 1954 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1955 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1956 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 /* | |
| 1959 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1960 */ | |
| 1961 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1962 { | |
| 1963 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1964 { | |
| 1965 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1966 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1967 else | |
| 1968 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1969 } | |
| 1970 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1971 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1972 else | |
| 1973 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1974 } | |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 /* | |
| 1977 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1978 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1979 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1980 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1981 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1982 */ | |
| 1983 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1986 { | |
| 1987 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1988 --start_col; | |
| 1989 } | |
| 1990 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1991 { | |
| 1992 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1993 if (replaced) | |
| 1994 { | |
| 1995 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1996 replaced = NUL; | |
| 1997 } | |
| 1998 ++start_col; | |
| 1999 } | |
| 2000 } | |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2003 /* | |
| 2004 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 2005 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 2006 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 2007 */ | |
| 2008 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2009 { | |
| 2010 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 2011 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 2012 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 2013 return; | |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 /* Save new line */ | |
| 2016 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 2017 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 2018 return; | |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 2021 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 2024 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 2025 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 2028 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 2031 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 #endif | |
| 2036 } | |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 /* | |
| 2039 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 2040 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2041 * modes. | |
| 2042 */ | |
| 2043 void | |
| 2044 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 2045 char_u *line; | |
| 2046 { | |
| 2047 int i; | |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 2050 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 2051 { | |
| 2052 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2053 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2054 } | |
| 2055 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2056 } | |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2059 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2060 /* | |
| 2061 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2062 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2063 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2064 * character. | |
| 7 | 2065 */ |
| 2066 void | |
| 2067 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2068 int col; | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2071 { | |
| 2072 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2073 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2074 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2075 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2076 break; | |
| 2077 } | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 #endif | |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 /* | |
| 2082 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2083 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2084 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2085 */ | |
| 2086 static int | |
| 2087 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2088 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2089 { |
| 2090 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2091 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2092 { | |
| 1869 | 2093 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2094 |
| 2095 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2096 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2097 * composing character. */ | |
| 2098 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2099 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2100 { |
| 2101 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2104 break; | |
| 2105 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2106 } | |
| 2107 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2108 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2109 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2110 } |
| 2111 else | |
| 2112 #endif | |
| 2113 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2114 return TRUE; | |
| 2115 } | |
| 7 | 2116 |
| 2117 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2118 /* | |
| 449 | 2119 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2120 */ | |
| 2121 static void | |
| 2122 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2123 { | |
| 2124 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2125 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2126 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2127 { | |
| 2128 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2129 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2130 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2131 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2132 else |
| 2133 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2134 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2135 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2136 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2137 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2138 showmode(); | |
| 2139 } | |
| 2140 } | |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 /* | |
| 2143 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2144 */ | |
| 2145 static int | |
| 2146 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2147 int dict_opt; | |
| 2148 { | |
| 703 | 2149 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2150 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2151 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2152 # endif | |
| 2153 ) | |
| 449 | 2154 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2155 { | |
| 2156 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2157 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2158 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2159 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2160 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2161 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2162 { | |
| 2163 vim_beep(); | |
| 2164 setcursor(); | |
| 2165 out_flush(); | |
| 2166 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2167 } | |
| 2168 return FALSE; | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 return TRUE; | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 /* | |
| 7 | 2174 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2175 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2176 */ | |
| 2177 int | |
| 2178 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2179 int c; | |
| 2180 { | |
| 2181 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2182 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2183 return TRUE; | |
| 2184 | |
| 610 | 2185 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2186 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2187 return TRUE; |
| 2188 | |
| 7 | 2189 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2190 { | |
| 2191 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2192 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2193 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2194 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2195 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2196 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2197 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2198 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 3229 | 2199 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
| 7 | 2200 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2201 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2202 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2203 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2204 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2205 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2206 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2207 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2208 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2209 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2210 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2211 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2212 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2213 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2214 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2215 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2216 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2217 #endif | |
| 2218 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2219 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2220 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2221 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2222 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2223 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2224 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2225 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2226 #endif |
| 477 | 2227 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2228 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2229 } |
| 2230 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2231 return FALSE; | |
| 2232 } | |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 /* | |
| 1430 | 2235 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2236 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2237 * is visible. | |
| 2238 */ | |
| 2239 static int | |
| 2240 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2241 int c; | |
| 2242 { | |
| 2243 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2244 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2245 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 2249 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2250 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2251 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2252 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2253 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2256 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2257 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2258 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2259 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2262 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2263 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2264 } | |
| 2265 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2266 } | |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 /* | |
| 659 | 2269 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2270 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2271 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2272 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2273 */ | |
| 2274 int | |
| 681 | 2275 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2276 char_u *str; |
| 2277 int len; | |
| 681 | 2278 int icase; |
| 7 | 2279 char_u *fname; |
| 2280 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2281 int flags; |
| 7 | 2282 { |
| 1353 | 2283 char_u *p; |
| 2284 int i, c; | |
| 2285 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2286 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2287 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2288 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2289 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2290 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2291 |
| 1436 | 2292 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2293 { |
| 2294 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2298 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2299 { | |
| 2300 p = str; | |
| 2301 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2302 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2303 { | |
| 2304 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2305 ++actual_len; | |
| 2306 } | |
| 2307 } | |
| 2308 else | |
| 2309 #endif | |
| 2310 actual_len = len; | |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2314 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2315 { | |
| 2316 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2317 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2318 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2319 { |
| 1353 | 2320 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2321 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2322 } | |
| 2323 } | |
| 2324 else | |
| 2325 #endif | |
| 2326 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2327 | |
| 2177 | 2328 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2329 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2330 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2331 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2332 | |
| 1353 | 2333 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2334 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2335 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2336 { | |
| 2337 p = str; | |
| 2338 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2340 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2341 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2342 else | |
| 2343 #endif | |
| 2344 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2347 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2348 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2349 { |
| 2350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2351 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2352 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2353 else | |
| 2354 #endif | |
| 2355 c = *(p++); | |
| 2356 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2357 { |
| 1353 | 2358 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2359 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2360 { | |
| 2361 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2362 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2363 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2364 break; | |
| 2365 } | |
| 7 | 2366 } |
| 2367 } | |
| 1353 | 2368 |
| 2369 /* | |
| 2370 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2371 * upper case. | |
| 2372 */ | |
| 2373 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2374 { | |
| 2375 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2376 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2377 { |
| 2378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2379 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2380 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2381 else | |
| 2382 #endif | |
| 2383 c = *(p++); | |
| 2384 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2385 { | |
| 2386 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2387 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2388 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2389 break; | |
| 2390 } | |
| 2391 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2392 } | |
| 2393 } | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2396 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2397 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2398 { |
| 1353 | 2399 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2400 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2401 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2402 else | |
| 2403 #endif | |
| 2404 c = *(p++); | |
| 2405 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2406 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2407 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2408 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2409 } |
| 1353 | 2410 |
| 1436 | 2411 /* |
| 1353 | 2412 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2413 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2414 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2415 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2416 */ | |
| 2417 p = IObuff; | |
| 2418 i = 0; | |
| 2419 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2421 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2422 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2423 else |
| 2424 #endif | |
| 2425 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2426 *p = NUL; | |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2429 } | |
| 7 | 2430 |
| 841 | 2431 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2432 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2433 } | |
| 2434 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2435 } |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 /* | |
| 2438 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2439 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2440 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2441 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2442 */ |
| 841 | 2443 static int |
| 944 | 2444 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2445 char_u *str; |
| 2446 int len; | |
| 681 | 2447 int icase; |
| 7 | 2448 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2449 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2450 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2451 int flags; |
| 944 | 2452 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2453 { |
| 464 | 2454 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2455 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2456 |
| 2457 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2458 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2459 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2460 if (len < 0) |
| 2461 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 /* | |
| 2464 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2465 */ | |
| 944 | 2466 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2467 { |
| 2468 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2469 do |
| 2470 { | |
| 464 | 2471 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2472 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2473 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2474 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2475 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2476 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2477 } |
| 2478 | |
| 540 | 2479 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2480 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2481 | |
| 7 | 2482 /* |
| 2483 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2484 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2485 */ | |
| 659 | 2486 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2487 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2488 return FAIL; |
| 2489 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2490 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2491 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2492 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2493 { |
| 2494 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2495 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2496 } |
| 681 | 2497 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2498 |
| 7 | 2499 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2500 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2501 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2502 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2503 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2504 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2505 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2506 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2507 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2508 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2509 { | |
| 2510 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2511 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2512 } |
| 7 | 2513 else |
| 464 | 2514 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2515 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2516 |
| 2517 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2518 { | |
| 2519 int i; | |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2522 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2523 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2524 } | |
| 7 | 2525 |
| 2526 /* | |
| 2527 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2528 */ | |
| 449 | 2529 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2530 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2531 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2532 { | |
| 464 | 2533 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2534 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2535 } |
| 2536 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2537 { | |
| 464 | 2538 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2539 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2540 } | |
| 2541 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2542 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2543 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2544 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2545 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2546 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2547 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2548 |
| 665 | 2549 /* |
| 2550 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2551 */ | |
| 2552 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2553 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2554 | |
| 7 | 2555 return OK; |
| 2556 } | |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 /* | |
| 681 | 2559 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2560 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2561 */ | |
| 2562 static int | |
| 2563 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2564 compl_T *match; | |
| 2565 char_u *str; | |
| 2566 int len; | |
| 2567 { | |
| 2568 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2569 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2570 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2571 } | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 /* | |
| 665 | 2574 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2575 */ | |
| 2576 static void | |
| 2577 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2578 compl_T *match; | |
| 2579 { | |
| 2580 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2581 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2582 int had_match; |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2585 { |
| 665 | 2586 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2587 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2588 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2589 { | |
| 2590 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2591 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2592 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2593 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2596 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2597 if (!had_match) | |
| 2598 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2599 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2600 } | |
| 2601 } | |
| 665 | 2602 else |
| 2603 { | |
| 2604 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2605 p = compl_leader; |
| 2606 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2607 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2608 { |
| 2609 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2610 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2611 { | |
| 681 | 2612 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2613 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2614 } |
| 2615 else | |
| 2616 #endif | |
| 2617 { | |
| 681 | 2618 c1 = *p; |
| 2619 c2 = *s; | |
| 2620 } | |
| 2621 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2622 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2623 break; | |
| 2624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2625 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2626 { | |
| 2627 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2628 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2629 } | |
| 2630 else | |
| 2631 #endif | |
| 2632 { | |
| 2633 ++p; | |
| 2634 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2635 } |
| 2636 } | |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2639 { | |
| 2640 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2641 *p = NUL; | |
| 2642 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2643 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2644 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2645 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2648 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2649 if (!had_match) | |
| 2650 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2651 } | |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 } | |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 /* | |
| 7 | 2658 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2659 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2660 */ | |
| 2661 static void | |
| 681 | 2662 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2663 int num_matches; |
| 2664 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2665 int icase; |
| 7 | 2666 { |
| 2667 int i; | |
| 2668 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2669 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2670 |
| 464 | 2671 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2672 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2673 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2674 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2675 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2676 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2677 } | |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2680 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2681 */ | |
| 2682 static int | |
| 2683 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2684 { | |
| 464 | 2685 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2686 int count = 0; |
| 2687 | |
| 449 | 2688 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2689 { |
| 2690 /* | |
| 2691 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2692 */ | |
| 449 | 2693 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2694 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2695 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2696 { | |
| 2697 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2698 ++count; |
| 2699 } | |
| 464 | 2700 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2701 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2702 } |
| 2703 return count; | |
| 2704 } | |
| 2705 | |
| 724 | 2706 /* |
| 2707 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2708 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2709 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2710 */ | |
| 2711 void | |
| 2712 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2713 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2714 list_T *list; |
| 2715 { | |
| 2716 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2717 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2718 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2719 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2722 return; | |
| 2723 | |
| 2632 | 2724 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2725 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2726 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2727 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2728 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2729 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2730 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2731 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2732 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2733 return; |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2736 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2739 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2740 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2741 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2742 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2743 |
| 2744 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2745 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2746 out_flush(); | |
| 2747 } | |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | |
| 574 | 2750 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2751 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2752 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2753 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 /* | |
| 2756 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2757 */ | |
| 2758 static void | |
| 2759 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2760 { | |
| 2761 int h; | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2764 { | |
| 2765 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2766 update_screen(0); | |
| 2767 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2768 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2769 } | |
| 2770 } | |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 /* | |
| 2773 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2774 */ | |
| 2775 static void | |
| 2776 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2777 { | |
| 2778 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2779 { | |
| 2780 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2781 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2782 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2783 } | |
| 2784 } | |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 /* | |
| 2787 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2788 */ | |
| 2789 static int | |
| 2790 pum_wanted() | |
| 2791 { | |
| 707 | 2792 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2793 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2794 return FALSE; |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2797 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2798 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2799 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2800 #endif | |
| 2801 ) | |
| 2802 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2803 return TRUE; |
| 2804 } | |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 /* | |
| 2807 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2808 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2809 */ |
| 2810 static int | |
| 707 | 2811 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2812 { |
| 2813 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2814 int i; | |
| 540 | 2815 |
| 2816 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2817 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2818 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2819 i = 0; | |
| 2820 do | |
| 2821 { | |
| 2822 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2823 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2824 break; | |
| 2825 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2826 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2827 | |
| 707 | 2828 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2829 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2830 return (i >= 2); |
| 2831 } | |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 /* | |
| 2834 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2835 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2836 */ |
| 648 | 2837 void |
| 540 | 2838 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2839 { | |
| 2840 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2841 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2842 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2843 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2844 int i; |
| 2845 int cur = -1; | |
| 2846 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2847 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2848 | |
| 707 | 2849 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2850 return; |
| 2851 | |
| 794 | 2852 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2853 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2854 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2855 #endif | |
| 2856 | |
| 540 | 2857 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2858 update_screen(0); | |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2861 { | |
| 2862 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2863 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2864 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2865 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2866 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2867 do |
| 2868 { | |
| 657 | 2869 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2870 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2871 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2872 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2873 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2874 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2875 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2876 return; | |
| 659 | 2877 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2878 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2879 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2880 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2881 { | |
| 829 | 2882 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2883 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2884 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2885 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2886 | |
| 540 | 2887 i = 0; |
| 2888 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2889 do | |
| 2890 { | |
| 657 | 2891 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2892 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2893 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2894 { |
| 659 | 2895 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2896 { | |
| 2897 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2898 { | |
| 2899 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2900 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2901 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2902 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2903 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2904 } | |
| 2905 else | |
| 2906 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2907 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2908 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2909 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2910 } |
| 786 | 2911 |
| 2912 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2913 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2914 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2915 else | |
| 2916 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2917 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2918 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2919 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2920 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2921 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2922 else |
| 2923 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2924 } | |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2927 { | |
| 2928 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2929 |
| 2930 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2931 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2932 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2933 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2934 | |
| 659 | 2935 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2936 { | |
| 2937 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2938 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2939 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2940 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2941 } | |
| 540 | 2942 } |
| 2943 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2944 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2945 |
| 2946 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2947 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2948 } |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 else | |
| 2951 { | |
| 2952 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2953 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2954 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2955 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2956 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2957 { |
| 2958 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2959 break; |
| 829 | 2960 } |
| 540 | 2961 } |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2964 { | |
| 2965 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2966 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2967 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2968 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2969 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2970 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2971 } | |
| 2972 } | |
| 2973 | |
| 7 | 2974 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2975 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2976 |
| 7 | 2977 /* |
| 703 | 2978 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2979 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2980 */ |
| 2981 static void | |
| 703 | 2982 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2983 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2984 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2985 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2986 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2987 { | |
| 2988 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2989 char_u *ptr; |
| 2990 char_u *buf; | |
| 2991 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2992 char_u **files; | |
| 2993 int count; | |
| 2994 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2995 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2996 |
| 703 | 2997 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 2998 { | |
| 744 | 2999 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3000 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 3001 * "spell". */ | |
| 3002 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 3003 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 3004 else | |
| 3005 #endif | |
| 3006 return; | |
| 3007 } | |
| 3008 | |
| 7 | 3009 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 3010 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3011 return; | |
| 1074 | 3012 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 3013 |
| 7 | 3014 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 3015 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 3016 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 3017 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 3018 |
| 3019 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 3020 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 3021 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 3022 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 3023 { | |
| 842 | 3024 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 3025 size_t len; |
| 842 | 3026 |
| 3027 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 3028 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 3029 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 3030 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 3031 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 3032 { |
| 3033 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 3034 goto theend; |
| 842 | 3035 } |
| 1869 | 3036 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 3037 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3038 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 3039 vim_free(ptr); |
| 3040 } | |
| 3041 else | |
| 703 | 3042 { |
| 667 | 3043 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 3044 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 3045 goto theend; | |
| 3046 } | |
| 667 | 3047 |
| 7 | 3048 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 3049 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 3050 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 3051 { |
| 3052 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3053 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3054 { | |
| 3055 count = 1; | |
| 3056 files = &dict; | |
| 3057 } | |
| 3058 else | |
| 3059 { | |
| 3060 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3061 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3062 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3063 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3064 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3065 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3066 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3067 else |
| 3068 # endif | |
| 3069 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3070 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3071 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3072 count = 0; | |
| 3073 } | |
| 3074 | |
| 744 | 3075 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3076 if (count == -1) |
| 3077 { | |
| 712 | 3078 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3079 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3080 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3081 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3082 else | |
| 3083 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3084 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3085 } |
| 3086 else | |
| 744 | 3087 # endif |
| 938 | 3088 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3089 { |
| 3090 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3091 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3092 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3093 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3094 } | |
| 3095 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3096 break; |
| 3097 } | |
| 703 | 3098 |
| 3099 theend: | |
| 7 | 3100 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 3101 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 3102 vim_free(buf); | |
| 3103 } | |
| 3104 | |
| 703 | 3105 static void |
| 3106 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3107 int count; | |
| 3108 char_u **files; | |
| 3109 int thesaurus; | |
| 3110 int flags; | |
| 3111 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3112 char_u *buf; | |
| 3113 int *dir; | |
| 3114 { | |
| 3115 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3116 int i; | |
| 3117 FILE *fp; | |
| 3118 int add_r; | |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3121 { | |
| 3122 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3123 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3124 { | |
| 3125 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3126 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3127 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3128 } |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3131 { | |
| 3132 /* | |
| 3133 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3134 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3135 */ | |
| 3136 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3137 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3138 { | |
| 3139 ptr = buf; | |
| 3140 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3141 { | |
| 3142 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3143 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3144 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3145 else | |
| 3146 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3147 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3148 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3149 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3150 if (thesaurus) |
| 3151 { | |
| 3152 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 /* | |
| 3155 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3156 */ | |
| 1353 | 3157 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3158 while (!got_int) |
| 3159 { | |
| 3160 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3161 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3162 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3163 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3164 break; | |
| 3165 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3166 | |
| 1353 | 3167 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3169 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3170 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3171 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3172 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3173 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3174 { | |
| 3175 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3178 break; | |
| 3179 ptr += l; | |
| 3180 } | |
| 3181 else | |
| 3182 #endif | |
| 3183 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3184 |
| 3185 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3186 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3187 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3188 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3189 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3190 } |
| 3191 } | |
| 3192 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3193 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3194 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3195 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3196 break; | |
| 3197 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3198 * of line */ | |
| 3199 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3200 break; | |
| 3201 } | |
| 3202 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3203 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 fclose(fp); | |
| 3206 } | |
| 3207 } | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 | |
| 7 | 3210 /* |
| 3211 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3212 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3213 */ | |
| 3214 char_u * | |
| 3215 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3216 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3217 { | |
| 3218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3219 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3220 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3221 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3222 else |
| 3223 #endif | |
| 3224 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3225 ++ptr; | |
| 3226 return ptr; | |
| 3227 } | |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 /* | |
| 3230 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3231 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3232 */ | |
| 3233 char_u * | |
| 3234 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3235 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3236 { | |
| 3237 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3238 int start_class; | |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3241 { | |
| 3242 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3243 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3244 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3245 { | |
| 474 | 3246 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3247 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3248 break; | |
| 3249 } | |
| 3250 } | |
| 3251 else | |
| 3252 #endif | |
| 3253 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3254 ++ptr; | |
| 3255 return ptr; | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 /* | |
| 667 | 3259 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3260 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3261 */ | |
| 3262 static char_u * | |
| 3263 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3264 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3265 { | |
| 3266 char_u *s; | |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3269 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3270 --s; | |
| 3271 return s; | |
| 3272 } | |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 /* | |
| 7 | 3275 * Free the list of completions |
| 3276 */ | |
| 3277 static void | |
| 3278 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3279 { | |
| 464 | 3280 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3281 int i; |
| 7 | 3282 |
| 449 | 3283 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3284 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3285 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3286 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3287 |
| 3288 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3289 return; |
| 540 | 3290 |
| 3291 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3292 pum_clear(); | |
| 3293 | |
| 449 | 3294 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3295 do |
| 3296 { | |
| 449 | 3297 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3298 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3299 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3300 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3301 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3302 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3303 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3304 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3305 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3306 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3307 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3308 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3309 } |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 static void | |
| 3312 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3313 { | |
| 449 | 3314 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3315 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3316 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3317 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3318 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3319 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3320 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3321 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3322 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3323 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3324 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3325 } |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 /* | |
| 674 | 3328 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3329 */ | |
| 3330 int | |
| 3331 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3332 { | |
| 3333 return compl_started; | |
| 3334 } | |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 /* | |
| 659 | 3337 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3338 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3339 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3340 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3341 */ |
| 3342 static int | |
| 3343 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3344 { | |
| 3345 char_u *line; | |
| 3346 char_u *p; | |
| 3347 | |
| 836 | 3348 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3349 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3350 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3351 | |
| 1430 | 3352 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3353 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3354 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3355 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3356 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3357 return K_BS; |
| 3358 | |
| 874 | 3359 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3360 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3361 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3078 | 3362 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3363 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 657 | 3364 |
| 3365 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3366 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3367 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3368 { | |
| 874 | 3369 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3370 return NUL; | |
| 3371 } | |
| 3372 return K_BS; | |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 /* | |
| 3078 | 3376 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
| 3377 * be called. | |
| 3378 */ | |
| 3379 static int | |
| 3380 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
| 3381 { | |
| 3382 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
| 3383 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
| 3384 return compl_was_interrupted | |
| 3385 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
| 3386 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
| 3387 } | |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 /* | |
| 874 | 3390 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
| 3391 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3392 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3393 */ | |
| 3394 static void | |
| 3395 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3396 { | |
| 3397 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3398 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3399 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3400 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 if (compl_started) | |
| 3403 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3404 else | |
| 3405 { | |
| 826 | 3406 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3407 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3408 #endif | |
| 3409 /* | |
| 3410 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3411 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3412 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3413 */ | |
| 3414 update_screen(0); | |
| 3415 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3416 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3417 { | |
| 3418 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3419 setcursor(); | |
| 3420 out_flush(); | |
| 3421 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 #endif | |
| 3424 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3425 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3426 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3427 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3428 } | |
| 3429 | |
| 887 | 3430 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3431 |
| 3432 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3433 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3434 |
| 3435 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3436 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3437 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3438 } |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 /* | |
| 1782 | 3441 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3442 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3443 */ | |
| 3444 static int | |
| 3445 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3446 { | |
| 1869 | 3447 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3448 |
| 3449 if (off < 0) | |
| 3450 return 0; | |
| 3451 return off; | |
| 3452 } | |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 /* | |
| 657 | 3455 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3456 * matches. | |
| 3457 */ | |
| 3458 static void | |
| 3459 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3460 int c; | |
| 3461 { | |
| 3462 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3463 int cc; | |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3466 { | |
| 3467 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3470 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3471 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3472 } | |
| 3473 else | |
| 3474 #endif | |
| 3475 ins_char(c); | |
| 3476 | |
| 874 | 3477 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3078 | 3478 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3479 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 3480 | |
| 3271 | 3481 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
| 3482 * cursor don't point original position, changing compl_leader would | |
| 3483 * break redo. */ | |
| 3484 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
| 3485 { | |
| 3486 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 3487 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3488 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 3271 | 3489 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3490 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
| 3491 } | |
| 874 | 3492 } |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 /* | |
| 3495 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3496 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3497 */ | |
| 3498 static void | |
| 3499 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3500 { | |
| 3501 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3502 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3503 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3504 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3505 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3506 } |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 /* | |
| 3509 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3510 */ | |
| 3511 static void | |
| 3512 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3513 char_u *str; | |
| 3514 { | |
| 3515 char_u *p; | |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3518 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3519 { | |
| 3520 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3521 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3522 { | |
| 3523 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3524 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3525 } | |
| 657 | 3526 } |
| 3527 } | |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 /* | |
| 659 | 3530 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3531 * matches. | |
| 3532 */ | |
| 3533 static void | |
| 3534 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3535 { | |
| 3536 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3537 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3538 int c; |
| 887 | 3539 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3540 |
| 3541 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3542 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3543 { |
| 3544 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3545 * the leader. */ | |
| 3546 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3547 { | |
| 3548 p = NULL; | |
| 3549 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3550 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3551 { | |
| 987 | 3552 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3553 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3554 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3555 { | |
| 3556 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3557 break; | |
| 3558 } | |
| 3559 } | |
| 3560 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3561 return; | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 else | |
| 3564 return; | |
| 3565 } | |
| 659 | 3566 p += len; |
| 2845 | 3567 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 659 | 3568 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
| 3569 } | |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 /* | |
| 7 | 3572 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3573 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3574 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3575 */ |
| 540 | 3576 static int |
| 7 | 3577 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3578 int c; | |
| 3579 { | |
| 3580 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3581 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3582 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3583 |
| 3584 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3585 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3586 */ | |
| 3587 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3588 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3589 | |
| 1434 | 3590 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3591 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3592 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3593 return retval; |
| 7 | 3594 |
| 665 | 3595 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3596 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3597 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3598 { | |
| 3599 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3600 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3601 } | |
| 3602 | |
| 7 | 3603 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3604 { | |
| 3605 /* | |
| 3606 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3607 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3608 */ | |
| 3609 switch (c) | |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3612 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3613 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3614 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3615 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3616 else | |
| 3617 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3618 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3619 showmode(); | |
| 3620 break; | |
| 3621 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3622 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3623 break; | |
| 3624 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3625 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3626 break; | |
| 3627 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3628 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3629 break; | |
| 3630 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3631 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3632 break; | |
| 3633 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3634 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3635 break; | |
| 12 | 3636 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3637 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3638 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3639 break; | |
| 449 | 3640 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3641 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3642 break; |
| 502 | 3643 #endif |
| 477 | 3644 case 's': |
| 3645 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3646 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3647 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3648 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3649 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3650 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3651 #endif |
| 477 | 3652 break; |
| 7 | 3653 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3654 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3655 break; | |
| 3656 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3657 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3658 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3659 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3660 break; | |
| 3661 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3662 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3663 break; | |
| 3664 #endif | |
| 3665 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3666 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3667 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3668 break; | |
| 3669 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3670 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3671 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3672 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3673 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3674 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3675 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3676 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3677 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3678 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3679 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3680 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3681 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3682 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3683 default: | |
| 449 | 3684 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3685 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3686 * mode). | |
| 3687 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3688 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3689 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3690 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3691 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3692 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3693 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3694 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3695 { | |
| 449 | 3696 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3697 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3698 else |
| 449 | 3699 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3700 } |
| 3701 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3702 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3703 showmode(); | |
| 3704 break; | |
| 3705 } | |
| 3706 } | |
| 3707 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3708 { | |
| 3709 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3710 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3711 { | |
| 3712 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3713 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3714 else | |
| 3715 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3716 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3717 } | |
| 3718 showmode(); | |
| 3719 } | |
| 3720 | |
| 449 | 3721 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3722 { |
| 3723 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3724 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3725 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3726 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3727 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3728 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3729 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3730 { | |
| 3731 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3732 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3733 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3734 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3735 { |
| 3736 /* | |
| 836 | 3737 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3738 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3739 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3740 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3741 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3742 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3743 */ |
| 836 | 3744 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3745 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3746 else | |
| 3095 | 3747 ptr = NULL; |
| 3748 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3749 } |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3752 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3753 #endif | |
| 3754 /* | |
| 3755 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3756 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3757 */ | |
| 449 | 3758 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3759 { |
| 3760 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3761 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3762 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3763 { | |
| 3764 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3765 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3766 } | |
| 3767 #endif | |
| 3768 } | |
| 3769 else | |
| 3770 { | |
| 1073 | 3771 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3772 | |
| 7 | 3773 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3774 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3775 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3776 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3777 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3778 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3779 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3780 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3781 } |
| 3782 | |
| 816 | 3783 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3784 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3785 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3786 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3787 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3788 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3789 retval = TRUE; |
| 3790 | |
| 816 | 3791 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3792 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3793 { | |
| 3794 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3795 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3796 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3797 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3798 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3799 retval = TRUE; |
| 3800 } | |
| 3801 | |
| 1698 | 3802 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3803 | |
| 7 | 3804 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3805 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3806 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3807 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3808 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3809 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3810 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3811 { | |
| 3812 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3813 showmode(); | |
| 3814 } | |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3817 /* | |
| 3818 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3819 */ | |
| 3820 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3821 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3822 #endif | |
| 3823 } | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3827 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3828 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3829 { | |
| 449 | 3830 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3831 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3832 } |
| 540 | 3833 |
| 3834 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3835 } |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 /* | |
| 3095 | 3838 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
| 3839 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
| 3840 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
| 3841 */ | |
| 3842 static void | |
| 3843 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
| 3844 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
| 3845 { | |
| 3846 int len; | |
| 3847 char_u *p; | |
| 3848 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3851 { | |
| 3852 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3853 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3854 else | |
| 3855 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 3856 } | |
| 3857 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
| 3858 { | |
| 3859 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3860 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
| 3861 ; | |
| 3862 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3863 if (len > 0) | |
| 3864 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
| 3865 #endif | |
| 3866 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3867 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3868 } | |
| 3869 else | |
| 3870 len = 0; | |
| 3871 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3872 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
| 3873 } | |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 /* | |
| 7 | 3876 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
| 3877 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3878 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3879 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3880 * | |
| 3881 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3882 */ | |
| 3883 static buf_T * | |
| 3884 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3885 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3886 int flag; | |
| 3887 { | |
| 3888 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3889 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3890 #endif | |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3893 { | |
| 3894 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3895 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3896 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3897 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3898 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3899 ; | |
| 3900 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3901 #else | |
| 3902 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3903 #endif | |
| 3904 } | |
| 3905 else | |
| 3906 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3907 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3908 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3909 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3910 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3911 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3912 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3913 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3914 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3915 ; |
| 3916 return buf; | |
| 3917 } | |
| 3918 | |
| 12 | 3919 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3920 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3921 |
| 3922 /* | |
| 523 | 3923 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3924 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3925 */ |
| 659 | 3926 static void |
| 3927 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3928 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3929 char_u *base; |
| 3930 { | |
| 3078 | 3931 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
| 3932 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
| 502 | 3933 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3934 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3935 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 3936 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 3937 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 3078 | 3938 typval_T rettv; |
| 502 | 3939 |
| 3940 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3941 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3942 return; |
| 452 | 3943 |
| 3944 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3945 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3946 args[1] = base; |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 3949 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 3950 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 3078 | 3951 |
| 3952 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
| 3953 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) | |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
| 3956 { | |
| 3957 case VAR_LIST: | |
| 3958 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
| 3959 break; | |
| 3960 case VAR_DICT: | |
| 3961 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
| 3962 break; | |
| 3963 default: | |
| 3964 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
| 3965 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
| 3966 break; | |
| 3967 } | |
| 3968 } | |
| 3969 | |
| 2631 | 3970 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 3971 { | |
| 3972 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 3973 goto theend; | |
| 3974 } | |
| 502 | 3975 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 3976 check_cursor(); |
| 3977 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 3978 { | |
| 3979 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 3980 goto theend; | |
| 3981 } | |
| 3078 | 3982 |
| 2631 | 3983 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3984 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3078 | 3985 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3986 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3987 |
| 3988 theend: | |
| 3078 | 3989 if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3990 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3991 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3992 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 3993 } |
| 3994 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 3995 | |
| 786 | 3996 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 3997 /* |
| 3998 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 3999 */ | |
| 4000 static void | |
| 4001 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 4002 list_T *list; | |
| 4003 { | |
| 4004 listitem_T *li; | |
| 4005 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 4006 | |
| 659 | 4007 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 4008 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 4009 { |
| 786 | 4010 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 4011 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 4012 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 4013 else if (did_emsg) |
| 4014 break; | |
| 452 | 4015 } |
| 724 | 4016 } |
| 786 | 4017 |
| 4018 /* | |
| 3078 | 4019 * Add completions from a dict. |
| 4020 */ | |
| 4021 static void | |
| 4022 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
| 4023 dict_T *dict; | |
| 4024 { | |
| 3263 | 4025 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
| 4026 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
| 3078 | 4027 |
| 4028 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
| 4029 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 3263 | 4030 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
| 4031 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
| 4032 { | |
| 4033 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
| 3078 | 4034 |
| 4035 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
| 4036 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
| 4037 } | |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
| 3263 | 4040 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
| 4041 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
| 4042 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
| 3078 | 4043 } |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 /* | |
| 786 | 4046 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
| 4047 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 4048 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 4049 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 4050 */ | |
| 4051 int | |
| 4052 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 4053 typval_T *tv; | |
| 4054 int dir; | |
| 4055 { | |
| 4056 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 4057 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 4058 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 4059 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 4060 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 4063 { | |
| 4064 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 4065 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4066 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 4067 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4068 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 4069 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4070 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 4071 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4072 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 4073 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 4074 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 4075 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 4076 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 4077 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4078 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 4079 } |
| 4080 else | |
| 4081 { | |
| 4082 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 4083 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 4084 } | |
| 2632 | 4085 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 4086 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 4087 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 4088 } |
| 724 | 4089 #endif |
| 12 | 4090 |
| 449 | 4091 /* |
| 4092 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 4093 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 4094 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 4095 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 4096 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 4097 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 4098 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 4099 */ |
| 4100 static int | |
| 659 | 4101 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 4102 pos_T *ini; |
| 4103 { | |
| 4104 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 4105 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 4106 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 4107 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 4108 certain type. */ | |
| 4109 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 4110 |
| 464 | 4111 pos_T *pos; |
| 4112 char_u **matches; | |
| 4113 int save_p_scs; | |
| 4114 int save_p_ws; | |
| 4115 int save_p_ic; | |
| 4116 int i; | |
| 4117 int num_matches; | |
| 4118 int len; | |
| 4119 int found_new_match; | |
| 4120 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 4121 char_u *ptr; | |
| 4122 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 4123 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 4124 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 4125 |
| 449 | 4126 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4127 { |
| 4128 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 4129 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 4130 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4131 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 4132 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 4133 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 4134 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 4135 } | |
| 4136 | |
| 449 | 4137 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 4138 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4139 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4140 for (;;) | |
| 4141 { | |
| 4142 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4143 | |
| 449 | 4144 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4145 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4146 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 4147 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4148 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4149 { |
| 4150 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4151 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4152 e_cpt++; | |
| 4153 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4154 { | |
| 4155 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4156 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4157 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4158 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4159 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4160 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4161 type = 0; | |
| 4162 } | |
| 4163 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4164 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4165 { | |
| 4166 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4167 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4168 { | |
| 449 | 4169 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4170 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4171 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4172 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4173 type = 0; | |
| 4174 } | |
| 4175 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4176 { | |
| 4177 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4178 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4179 continue; | |
| 4180 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4181 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4182 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4183 } | |
| 274 | 4184 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4185 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4186 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4187 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 4188 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
| 4189 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4190 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4191 } |
| 4192 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4193 break; | |
| 4194 else | |
| 4195 { | |
| 4196 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4197 type = -1; | |
| 4198 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4199 { | |
| 4200 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4201 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4202 else | |
| 4203 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4204 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4205 { | |
| 4206 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4207 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4208 } | |
| 4209 } | |
| 4210 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4211 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4212 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4213 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4214 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4215 #endif | |
| 4216 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4217 { | |
| 4218 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4219 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4220 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4221 } |
| 4222 else | |
| 4223 type = -1; | |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4226 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4229 if (type == -1) | |
| 4230 continue; | |
| 4231 } | |
| 4232 } | |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 switch (type) | |
| 4235 { | |
| 4236 case -1: | |
| 4237 break; | |
| 4238 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4239 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4240 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4241 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4242 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4243 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4244 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4245 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4246 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4247 break; | |
| 4248 #endif | |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4251 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4252 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4253 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4254 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4255 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4256 ? p_tsr | |
| 4257 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4258 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4259 ? p_dict | |
| 4260 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4261 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4262 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4263 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4264 dict = NULL; |
| 4265 break; | |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4268 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4269 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4270 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4271 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4272 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4273 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4274 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4275 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4276 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4277 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4278 { | |
| 942 | 4279 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4280 } |
| 4281 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4282 break; | |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4285 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4286 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4287 { | |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4290 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4291 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4292 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4293 TRUE | |
| 4294 #else | |
| 4295 FALSE | |
| 4296 #endif | |
| 4297 ); | |
| 7 | 4298 } |
| 4299 break; | |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4302 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4303 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4304 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4305 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4306 break; |
| 4307 | |
| 12 | 4308 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4309 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4310 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4311 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4312 break; |
| 4313 #endif | |
| 4314 | |
| 477 | 4315 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4316 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4317 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4318 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4319 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4320 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4321 #endif |
| 4322 break; | |
| 4323 | |
| 7 | 4324 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4325 /* | |
| 4326 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4327 */ | |
| 4328 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4329 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4330 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4331 |
| 7 | 4332 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4333 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4334 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4335 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4336 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4337 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4338 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4339 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4340 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4341 for (;;) | |
| 4342 { | |
| 464 | 4343 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4344 |
| 1007 | 4345 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4346 | |
| 540 | 4347 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4348 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4349 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4350 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4351 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4352 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4353 else |
| 659 | 4354 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4355 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4356 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4357 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4358 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4359 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4360 { |
| 667 | 4361 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4362 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4363 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4364 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4365 } | |
| 4366 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4367 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4368 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4369 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4370 { | |
| 4371 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4372 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4373 break; | |
| 4374 } | |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4377 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4378 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4379 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4380 continue; | |
| 4381 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4382 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4383 { | |
| 449 | 4384 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4385 { |
| 4386 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4387 continue; | |
| 4388 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4389 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4390 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4391 } | |
| 4392 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4393 } | |
| 4394 else | |
| 4395 { | |
| 449 | 4396 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4399 { |
| 449 | 4400 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4401 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4402 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4403 continue; | |
| 4404 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4405 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4406 } | |
| 4407 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4408 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4409 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4410 | |
| 449 | 4411 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4412 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4413 { |
| 4414 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4415 { | |
| 4416 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4417 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4418 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4419 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4420 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4421 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4422 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4423 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4424 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4425 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4426 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4427 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4428 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4429 { | |
| 419 | 4430 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4431 { |
| 419 | 4432 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4433 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4434 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4435 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4436 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4437 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4438 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4439 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4440 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4441 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4442 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4443 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4444 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4445 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4446 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4447 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4448 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4449 } |
| 4450 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4451 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4452 } | |
| 449 | 4453 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4454 continue; |
| 4455 } | |
| 4456 } | |
| 942 | 4457 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4458 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4459 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4460 { |
| 4461 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4462 break; | |
| 4463 } | |
| 4464 } | |
| 4465 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4466 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4467 } | |
| 540 | 4468 |
| 449 | 4469 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4470 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4471 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4472 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4475 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4476 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4477 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4478 { |
| 4479 if (got_int) | |
| 4480 break; | |
| 665 | 4481 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4482 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4483 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4484 |
| 540 | 4485 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4486 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4487 break; | |
| 4488 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4489 } | |
| 4490 else | |
| 4491 { | |
| 4492 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4493 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4494 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4497 } | |
| 449 | 4498 } |
| 4499 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4500 |
| 4501 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4502 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4503 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4506 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4507 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4508 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4511 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4512 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4513 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4514 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4515 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4516 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4517 return i; |
| 4518 } | |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4521 static void | |
| 4522 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4523 { | |
| 4524 int i; | |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 /* | |
| 4527 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4528 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4529 */ | |
| 449 | 4530 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4531 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4532 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4533 } | |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4536 static void | |
| 4537 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4538 { | |
| 1782 | 4539 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4540 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4541 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4542 else | |
| 4543 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4544 } |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 /* | |
| 4547 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4548 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4549 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4550 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4551 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4552 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4553 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4554 * | |
| 449 | 4555 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4556 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4557 * |
| 4558 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4559 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4560 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4561 */ |
| 4562 static int | |
| 665 | 4563 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4564 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4565 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4566 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4567 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4568 { |
| 4569 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4570 int i; | |
| 610 | 4571 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4572 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4573 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4574 int advance; |
| 7 | 4575 |
| 3271 | 4576 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
| 4577 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
| 4578 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
| 4579 return -1; | |
| 4580 | |
| 665 | 4581 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4582 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4583 { | |
| 4584 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4585 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4586 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4587 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4588 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4589 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4590 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4591 |
| 4592 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4593 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4594 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4595 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4596 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4597 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4598 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4599 { | |
| 4600 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4601 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4602 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4603 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4604 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4605 } | |
| 665 | 4606 } |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4609 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4610 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4611 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4612 |
| 836 | 4613 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4614 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4615 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4616 | |
| 874 | 4617 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4618 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4619 { | |
| 4620 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4621 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4622 } | |
| 4623 | |
| 610 | 4624 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4625 * around. */ | |
| 4626 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4629 { | |
| 4630 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4631 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4632 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4633 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4634 } |
| 4635 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4636 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4637 { | |
| 657 | 4638 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4639 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4640 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4641 } |
| 4642 else | |
| 610 | 4643 { |
| 909 | 4644 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4645 { | |
| 4646 if (advance) | |
| 4647 { | |
| 4648 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4649 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4650 else | |
| 4651 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4652 } | |
| 4653 return -1; | |
| 4654 } | |
| 4655 | |
| 836 | 4656 if (advance) |
| 4657 { | |
| 4658 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4659 --compl_pending; | |
| 4660 else | |
| 4661 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4662 } | |
| 657 | 4663 |
| 874 | 4664 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4665 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4666 |
| 4667 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4668 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4669 && advance) |
| 909 | 4670 { |
| 4671 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4672 { | |
| 4673 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4674 --compl_pending; | |
| 4675 } | |
| 4676 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4677 { | |
| 4678 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4679 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4680 } | |
| 4681 else | |
| 4682 break; | |
| 4683 } | |
| 657 | 4684 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4685 } | |
| 4686 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4687 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4688 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4689 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4690 ++todo; |
| 4691 else | |
| 4692 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4693 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4696 if (found_end) | |
| 4697 { | |
| 4698 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4699 { |
| 657 | 4700 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4701 break; | |
| 610 | 4702 } |
| 657 | 4703 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4704 } |
| 7 | 4705 } |
| 4706 | |
| 665 | 4707 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4708 if (insert_match) | |
| 4709 { | |
| 4710 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4711 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4712 else | |
| 1782 | 4713 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4714 } |
| 4715 else | |
| 4716 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4717 |
| 4718 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4719 { | |
| 540 | 4720 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4721 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4722 | |
| 665 | 4723 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4724 update_screen(0); | |
| 4725 | |
| 540 | 4726 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4727 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4728 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4729 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4730 { | |
| 4731 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4732 setcursor(); | |
| 4733 out_flush(); | |
| 4734 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4735 } | |
| 4736 #endif | |
| 540 | 4737 |
| 7 | 4738 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4739 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4740 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4741 } | |
| 4742 | |
| 825 | 4743 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4744 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4745 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4746 | |
| 7 | 4747 /* |
| 4748 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4749 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4750 */ | |
| 464 | 4751 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4752 { |
| 4753 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4754 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4755 if (i <= 0) |
| 4756 i = 0; | |
| 4757 else | |
| 4758 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4759 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4760 msg(IObuff); |
| 4761 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4762 } | |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 return num_matches; | |
| 4765 } | |
| 4766 | |
| 4767 /* | |
| 4768 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4769 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4770 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4771 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4772 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4773 */ |
| 4774 void | |
| 464 | 4775 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4776 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4777 { |
| 4778 static int count = 0; | |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 int c; | |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4783 * scripts */ | |
| 4784 if (using_script()) | |
| 4785 return; | |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4788 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4789 return; |
| 4790 count = 0; | |
| 4791 | |
| 909 | 4792 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4793 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4794 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4795 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4796 { | |
| 4797 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4798 { | |
| 4799 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4800 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4801 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4802 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4803 } |
| 909 | 4804 else |
| 4805 { | |
| 4806 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4807 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4808 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4809 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4810 { | |
| 4811 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4812 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4813 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4814 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 vungetc(c); | |
| 4817 } | |
| 909 | 4818 } |
| 449 | 4819 } |
| 716 | 4820 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4821 { |
| 4822 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4825 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4826 } | |
| 610 | 4827 } |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 /* | |
| 4830 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4831 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4832 */ | |
| 4833 static int | |
| 4834 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4835 int c; | |
| 4836 { | |
| 665 | 4837 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4838 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4839 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4840 return BACKWARD; |
| 4841 return FORWARD; | |
| 4842 } | |
| 4843 | |
| 4844 /* | |
| 644 | 4845 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4846 * is visible. | |
| 4847 */ | |
| 4848 static int | |
| 4849 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4850 int c; | |
| 4851 { | |
| 4852 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4853 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4854 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4855 } |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 /* | |
| 610 | 4858 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4859 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4860 */ | |
| 4861 static int | |
| 4862 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4863 int c; | |
| 4864 { | |
| 4865 int h; | |
| 4866 | |
| 665 | 4867 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4868 { |
| 4869 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4870 if (h > 3) | |
| 4871 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4872 return h; | |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4875 } |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 /* | |
| 681 | 4878 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4879 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4880 */ | |
| 4881 static int | |
| 4882 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4883 int c; | |
| 4884 { | |
| 4885 switch (c) | |
| 4886 { | |
| 4887 case K_UP: | |
| 4888 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4889 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4890 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4891 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4892 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4893 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4894 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4895 return FALSE; | |
| 4896 } | |
| 4897 return TRUE; | |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 /* | |
| 7 | 4901 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4902 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4903 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4904 */ | |
| 4905 static int | |
| 4906 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4907 int c; |
| 7 | 4908 { |
| 449 | 4909 char_u *line; |
| 4910 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4911 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4912 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4913 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4914 |
| 610 | 4915 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4916 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4917 { |
| 4918 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4921 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4922 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4923 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4924 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4925 #endif | |
| 4926 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4927 return FAIL; | |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4930 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4931 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4932 |
| 1430 | 4933 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4934 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4935 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4936 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4937 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4938 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4939 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4940 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4941 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4942 { |
| 4943 /* | |
| 4944 * it is a continued search | |
| 4945 */ | |
| 449 | 4946 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4947 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4948 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4949 { | |
| 449 | 4950 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4951 { |
| 449 | 4952 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4953 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4954 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4955 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4956 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4957 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4958 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4959 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4960 } |
| 4961 else | |
| 4962 { | |
| 4963 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4964 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4965 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4966 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4967 { |
| 449 | 4968 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4969 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4970 line + compl_length | |
| 4971 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4972 } |
| 449 | 4973 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4974 } |
| 449 | 4975 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4976 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4977 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4978 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4979 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4980 { |
| 449 | 4981 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4982 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4983 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4984 } |
| 449 | 4985 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4986 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4987 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4988 } |
| 4989 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4990 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 4991 else |
| 449 | 4992 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 4993 } |
| 4994 else | |
| 449 | 4995 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 4998 { | |
| 4999 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 5000 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 5001 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 5002 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 5003 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5004 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 5005 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 5006 } |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 5009 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 5010 { | |
| 449 | 5011 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 5012 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 5013 { | |
| 449 | 5014 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 5015 { |
| 449 | 5016 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5017 ; |
| 449 | 5018 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5019 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 5020 } |
| 5021 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 5022 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 5023 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5024 else |
| 449 | 5025 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 5026 compl_length); | |
| 5027 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5028 return FAIL; |
| 5029 } | |
| 449 | 5030 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 5031 { |
| 5032 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 5033 | |
| 1872 | 5034 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 5035 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5036 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5037 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5038 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5039 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 5040 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 5041 && ( |
| 5042 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 5043 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 5044 #else |
| 449 | 5045 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 5046 #endif |
| 5047 ))) | |
| 5048 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 5049 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 5050 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 5051 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5052 } |
| 449 | 5053 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 5054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 5055 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 5056 #else |
| 449 | 5057 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 5058 #endif |
| 5059 ) | |
| 5060 { | |
| 5061 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 5062 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 5063 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5064 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5065 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 5066 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5067 } |
| 5068 else | |
| 5069 { | |
| 5070 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5071 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 5072 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 5073 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5074 { | |
| 5075 int base_class; | |
| 5076 int head_off; | |
| 5077 | |
| 449 | 5078 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5079 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 5080 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 5081 { |
| 449 | 5082 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5083 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 5084 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 5085 break; |
| 449 | 5086 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 5087 } |
| 5088 } | |
| 5089 else | |
| 5090 #endif | |
| 449 | 5091 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5092 ; |
| 449 | 5093 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5094 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5095 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 5096 { |
| 5097 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 5098 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 5099 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 5100 */ | |
| 449 | 5101 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 5102 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5103 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5104 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5105 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 5106 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 5107 } |
| 5108 else | |
| 5109 { | |
| 449 | 5110 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5111 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5112 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5113 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5114 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5115 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 5116 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5117 } |
| 5118 } | |
| 5119 } | |
| 5120 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5121 { | |
| 835 | 5122 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 5123 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 5124 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 5125 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5126 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 5127 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 5128 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5129 else |
| 449 | 5130 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5131 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5132 return FAIL; |
| 5133 } | |
| 5134 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 5135 { | |
| 449 | 5136 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5137 ; |
| 449 | 5138 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5139 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5140 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 5141 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 5142 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5143 return FAIL; |
| 5144 } | |
| 5145 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5146 { | |
| 449 | 5147 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5148 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5149 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5150 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5151 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5152 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5153 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5154 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5155 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5156 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5157 else | |
| 935 | 5158 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5159 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5160 } |
| 523 | 5161 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5162 { |
| 12 | 5163 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5164 /* | |
| 502 | 5165 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5166 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5167 */ |
| 502 | 5168 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5169 int col; |
| 502 | 5170 char_u *funcname; |
| 5171 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5172 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5173 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5174 |
| 523 | 5175 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5176 * string */ |
| 5177 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5178 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5179 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5180 { |
| 5181 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5182 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5183 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5184 } |
| 452 | 5185 |
| 5186 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5187 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5188 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5189 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5190 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5191 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5192 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5193 { | |
| 5194 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5195 return FAIL; | |
| 5196 } | |
| 502 | 5197 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 5198 check_cursor(); |
| 5199 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 5200 { | |
| 5201 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5202 return FAIL; | |
| 5203 } | |
| 502 | 5204 |
| 3302 | 5205 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
| 5206 * cancel the complete without an error. */ | |
| 5207 if (col == -2) | |
| 5208 return FAIL; | |
| 5209 | |
| 3078 | 5210 /* |
| 5211 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
| 5212 * completion. | |
| 5213 */ | |
| 5214 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 5215 | |
| 452 | 5216 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5217 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5218 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5219 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5220 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5221 |
| 5222 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5223 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5224 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5225 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5226 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5227 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5228 #endif |
| 449 | 5229 return FAIL; |
| 5230 } | |
| 477 | 5231 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5232 { | |
| 744 | 5233 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5234 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5235 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5236 else | |
| 5237 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5238 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5239 { |
| 5240 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5241 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5242 } | |
| 5243 else | |
| 5244 { | |
| 5245 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5246 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5247 } | |
| 818 | 5248 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5249 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5250 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5251 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5252 #endif | |
| 5253 return FAIL; | |
| 5254 } | |
| 449 | 5255 else |
| 5256 { | |
| 5257 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5258 return FAIL; | |
| 5259 } | |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5262 { |
| 5263 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5264 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5265 { | |
| 5266 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5267 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5268 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5271 #endif | |
| 449 | 5272 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5273 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5274 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5275 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5276 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5277 #endif | |
| 449 | 5278 compl_length = 0; |
| 5279 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5280 } |
| 5281 } | |
| 5282 else | |
| 5283 { | |
| 5284 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5285 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5286 } | |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5289 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5290 else |
| 5291 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5292 | |
| 3095 | 5293 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
| 5294 * the redo buffer. */ | |
| 5295 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
| 5296 | |
| 694 | 5297 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5298 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5299 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5300 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5301 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5302 { |
| 5303 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5304 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5305 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5306 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5307 return FAIL; |
| 5308 } | |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5311 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5312 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5313 */ | |
| 5314 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5315 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5316 showmode(); | |
| 5317 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5318 out_flush(); | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 | |
| 449 | 5321 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5322 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5323 |
| 5324 /* | |
| 665 | 5325 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5326 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5327 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5328 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5329 |
| 540 | 5330 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5331 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5332 | |
| 449 | 5333 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5334 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5335 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5336 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5337 |
| 5338 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5339 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5340 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5341 { | |
| 5342 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5343 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5344 } | |
| 5345 | |
| 449 | 5346 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5347 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5348 { |
| 5349 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5350 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5351 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5352 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5353 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5354 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5355 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5356 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5357 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5358 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5359 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5360 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5361 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5362 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5363 } | |
| 5364 | |
| 464 | 5365 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5366 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5367 else |
| 449 | 5368 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5369 |
| 5370 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5371 { | |
| 464 | 5372 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5373 { |
| 5374 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5375 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5376 } | |
| 449 | 5377 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5378 { |
| 5379 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5380 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5381 } | |
| 464 | 5382 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5383 { |
| 5384 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5385 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5386 } | |
| 5387 else | |
| 5388 { | |
| 5389 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5390 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5391 { |
| 464 | 5392 int number = 0; |
| 5393 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5394 |
| 449 | 5395 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5396 { |
| 5397 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5398 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5399 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5400 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5401 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5402 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5403 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5404 { |
| 464 | 5405 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5406 break; |
| 5407 } | |
| 5408 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5409 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5410 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5411 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5412 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5413 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5414 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5415 } |
| 5416 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5417 { | |
| 5418 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5419 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5420 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5421 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5422 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5423 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5424 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5425 { |
| 464 | 5426 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5427 break; |
| 5428 } | |
| 5429 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5430 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5431 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5432 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5433 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5434 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5435 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5436 } |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 | |
| 540 | 5439 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5440 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5441 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5442 { |
| 1063 | 5443 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5444 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5445 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5446 |
| 449 | 5447 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5448 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5449 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5450 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5451 else |
| 1063 | 5452 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5453 _("match %d"), | |
| 5454 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5455 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5456 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 3318 | 5457 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 7 | 5458 curs_columns(FALSE); |
| 5459 } | |
| 5460 } | |
| 5461 } | |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5464 showmode(); | |
| 5465 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5466 { | |
| 5467 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5468 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5469 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5470 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5471 } | |
| 5472 else | |
| 5473 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5474 | |
| 857 | 5475 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5476 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5479 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5480 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5481 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5482 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5483 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5484 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5485 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5486 |
| 857 | 5487 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5488 setcursor(); | |
| 5489 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5490 } | |
| 874 | 5491 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5492 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5493 |
| 7 | 5494 return OK; |
| 5495 } | |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 /* | |
| 5498 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5499 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5500 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5501 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5502 */ | |
| 1872 | 5503 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5504 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5505 char_u *dest; | |
| 5506 char_u *src; | |
| 5507 int len; | |
| 5508 { | |
| 1872 | 5509 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5510 | |
| 5511 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5512 { |
| 5513 switch (*src) | |
| 5514 { | |
| 5515 case '.': | |
| 5516 case '*': | |
| 5517 case '[': | |
| 5518 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5519 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5520 break; | |
| 5521 case '~': | |
| 5522 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5523 break; | |
| 5524 case '\\': | |
| 5525 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5526 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5527 break; | |
| 5528 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5529 case '$': | |
| 5530 m++; | |
| 5531 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5532 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5533 break; | |
| 5534 } | |
| 5535 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5536 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5537 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5538 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5539 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5540 { | |
| 5541 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5542 | |
| 474 | 5543 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5544 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5545 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5546 { | |
| 5547 --len; | |
| 5548 ++src; | |
| 5549 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5550 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5551 } | |
| 5552 } | |
| 464 | 5553 # endif |
| 7 | 5554 } |
| 5555 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5556 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5557 | |
| 5558 return m; | |
| 5559 } | |
| 5560 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 /* | |
| 5563 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5564 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5565 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5566 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5567 */ | |
| 5568 int | |
| 5569 get_literal() | |
| 5570 { | |
| 5571 int cc; | |
| 5572 int nc; | |
| 5573 int i; | |
| 5574 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5575 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5576 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5577 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5578 #endif | |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 if (got_int) | |
| 5581 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5584 /* | |
| 5585 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5586 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5587 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5588 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5589 */ | |
| 5590 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5591 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5592 #endif | |
| 5593 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5594 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5595 #endif | |
| 5596 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5597 cc = 0; | |
| 5598 i = 0; | |
| 5599 for (;;) | |
| 5600 { | |
| 1389 | 5601 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5602 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5603 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5604 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5605 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5606 # endif | |
| 5607 ) | |
| 5608 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5609 #endif | |
| 5610 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5611 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5612 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5613 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5614 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5615 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5616 unicode = nc; | |
| 5617 #endif | |
| 5618 else | |
| 5619 { | |
| 5620 if (hex | |
| 5621 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5622 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5623 #endif | |
| 5624 ) | |
| 5625 { | |
| 5626 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5627 break; | |
| 5628 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5629 } | |
| 5630 else if (octal) | |
| 5631 { | |
| 5632 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5633 break; | |
| 5634 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5635 } | |
| 5636 else | |
| 5637 { | |
| 5638 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5639 break; | |
| 5640 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5641 } | |
| 5642 | |
| 5643 ++i; | |
| 5644 } | |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5647 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5648 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5649 #endif | |
| 5650 ) | |
| 5651 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5652 nc = 0; | |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5655 { | |
| 5656 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5657 break; | |
| 5658 } | |
| 5659 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5660 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5661 { | |
| 5662 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5663 break; | |
| 5664 } | |
| 5665 #endif | |
| 5666 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5667 break; | |
| 5668 } | |
| 5669 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5670 { | |
| 5671 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5672 { | |
| 5673 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5674 nc = 0; | |
| 5675 } | |
| 5676 else | |
| 5677 { | |
| 5678 cc = nc; | |
| 5679 nc = 0; | |
| 5680 } | |
| 5681 } | |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5684 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5685 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5686 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5687 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5688 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5689 #endif | |
| 7 | 5690 |
| 5691 --no_mapping; | |
| 5692 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5693 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5694 --allow_keys; | |
| 5695 #endif | |
| 5696 if (nc) | |
| 5697 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5698 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5699 return cc; | |
| 5700 } | |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 /* | |
| 5703 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5704 */ | |
| 5705 static void | |
| 5706 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5707 int c; | |
| 5708 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5709 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5710 { | |
| 5711 char_u *p; | |
| 5712 int len; | |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 /* | |
| 5715 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5716 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5717 * mode. | |
| 5718 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5719 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5720 */ | |
| 5721 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5722 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5723 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5724 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5725 #endif | |
| 5726 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5727 { | |
| 5728 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5729 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5730 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5731 if (len > 2) | |
| 5732 { | |
| 5733 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5734 return; | |
| 5735 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5736 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5737 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5738 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5739 } | |
| 5740 } | |
| 5741 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5742 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5743 } | |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 /* | |
| 5746 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5747 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5748 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5749 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5750 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5751 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5752 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5753 */ | |
| 5754 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5755 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5756 #else | |
| 5757 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5758 #endif | |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5761 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5762 #else | |
| 5763 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5764 #endif | |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 void | |
| 5767 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5768 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5769 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5770 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5771 { | |
| 5772 int textwidth; | |
| 5773 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5774 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5775 #endif |
| 7 | 5776 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5777 | |
| 5778 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5779 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 /* | |
| 5782 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5783 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5784 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5785 * ends in white space. | |
| 5786 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5787 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5788 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5789 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5790 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5791 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5792 * before the insert. | |
| 5793 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5794 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5795 */ | |
| 667 | 5796 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5797 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5798 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5799 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5800 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5801 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5802 #endif | |
| 5803 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5804 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5805 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5806 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5807 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5808 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5809 )))))) | |
| 5810 { | |
| 667 | 5811 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5812 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5813 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5814 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5815 | |
| 1563 | 5816 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5817 { |
| 5818 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5819 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5820 * was called. */ | |
| 5821 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5822 } | |
| 5823 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5824 #endif |
| 2004 | 5825 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5826 } |
| 5827 | |
| 7 | 5828 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5829 return; | |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5832 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5833 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5834 { | |
| 5835 char_u *line; | |
| 5836 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5837 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5838 int i; | |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 /* | |
| 5841 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5842 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5843 */ | |
| 5844 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
| 5845 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
| 5846 { | |
| 5847 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5848 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5849 ++p; | |
| 5850 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5851 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5852 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5853 --middle_len; | |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5856 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5857 ++p; | |
| 5858 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5859 | |
| 5860 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5861 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5862 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5863 ; | |
| 5864 i++; | |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5867 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5870 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5871 { | |
| 5872 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5873 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 /* | |
| 5876 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5877 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5878 */ | |
| 5879 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5880 } | |
| 5881 } | |
| 5882 } | |
| 5883 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5884 #endif | |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5887 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5888 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5889 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5890 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5891 #endif | |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 /* | |
| 5894 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5895 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5896 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5897 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5898 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 3390 | 5899 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
| 5900 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
| 7 | 5901 */ |
| 5902 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5903 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5904 #endif | |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5907 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5908 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5909 #endif | |
| 5910 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5911 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5912 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5913 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5914 #endif | |
| 5915 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5916 && !p_ri | |
| 5917 #endif | |
| 3390 | 5918 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 5919 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
| 5920 #endif | |
| 7 | 5921 ) |
| 5922 { | |
| 5923 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5924 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5925 int i; | |
| 5926 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5929 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5930 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5931 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5932 /* | |
| 5933 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5934 * - no more chars available | |
| 5935 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5936 * - buffer is full | |
| 5937 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5938 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5939 */ | |
| 5940 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5941 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5943 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5944 #endif | |
| 5945 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5946 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5947 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5948 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5949 { | |
| 5950 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5951 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5952 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5953 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5954 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5955 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5956 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5957 # endif | |
| 5958 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5959 #else | |
| 5960 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5961 #endif | |
| 5962 } | |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5965 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5966 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5967 #endif | |
| 5968 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5969 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5970 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5971 { | |
| 5972 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 5973 i = 1; | |
| 5974 } | |
| 5975 else | |
| 5976 i = 0; | |
| 5977 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 5978 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 5979 } |
| 5980 else | |
| 5981 { | |
| 5982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 5983 int cc; |
| 5984 | |
| 7 | 5985 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 5986 { | |
| 5987 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 5990 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 5991 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 5992 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5993 } | |
| 5994 else | |
| 5995 #endif | |
| 5996 { | |
| 5997 ins_char(c); | |
| 5998 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5999 redo_literal(c); | |
| 6000 else | |
| 6001 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6002 } | |
| 6003 } | |
| 6004 } | |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 /* | |
| 667 | 6007 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 6008 */ | |
| 6009 static void | |
| 2004 | 6010 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 6011 int textwidth; |
| 6012 int second_indent; | |
| 6013 int flags; | |
| 6014 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 6015 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 6016 { |
| 6017 int cc; | |
| 6018 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 6019 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 6020 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 6021 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6022 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 6023 #endif | |
| 6024 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 6025 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 6026 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6027 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 6028 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 6029 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 6030 #endif | |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 /* | |
| 6033 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 6034 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 6035 */ | |
| 2004 | 6036 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 6037 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6038 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6039 #endif | |
| 6040 ) | |
| 667 | 6041 { |
| 6042 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6043 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6044 { | |
| 6045 save_char = cc; | |
| 6046 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 6047 } | |
| 6048 } | |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 /* | |
| 6051 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 6052 */ | |
| 6053 while (!got_int) | |
| 6054 { | |
| 6055 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 6056 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 6057 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 6058 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 6059 colnr_T len; | |
| 6060 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 6061 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6062 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 6063 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 6064 #endif | |
| 6065 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 6066 colnr_T end_col; |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 6069 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 6070 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 6071 break; |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6074 if (no_leader) | |
| 6075 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 6076 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6077 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 6078 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6081 if (do_comments) | |
| 6082 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
| 6083 else | |
| 6084 leader_len = 0; | |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 6087 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 6088 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 6089 * to start with %. */ | |
| 6090 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 6091 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 6092 #endif | |
| 6093 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6094 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6095 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 6096 #endif | |
| 6097 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 break; | |
| 6100 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 6101 break; | |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 6104 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 6105 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6106 | |
| 2004 | 6107 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 6108 foundcol = 0; |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 /* | |
| 6111 * Find position to break at. | |
| 6112 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 6113 */ | |
| 6114 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 3162 | 6115 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 667 | 6116 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
| 6117 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 6118 { | |
| 2004 | 6119 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 6120 cc = c; | |
| 6121 else | |
| 6122 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 6123 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6124 { | |
| 6125 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 6126 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 6127 |
| 6128 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 6129 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6130 { | |
| 6131 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6132 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6133 } | |
| 6134 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6135 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 6136 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6137 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6138 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6139 break; | |
| 6140 #endif | |
| 6141 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 6142 { | |
| 6143 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 6144 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6145 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 6146 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6147 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 6148 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 6149 break; | |
| 6150 #endif | |
| 667 | 6151 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6152 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6153 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6156 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 6157 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6158 } | |
| 2004 | 6159 |
| 6160 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 6163 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6164 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 6165 break; |
| 6166 } | |
| 6167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6168 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6169 { |
| 6170 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6171 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6172 { | |
| 6173 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6174 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6175 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6176 break; | |
| 6177 #endif | |
| 6178 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6179 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6180 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6181 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6182 { | |
| 6183 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6184 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6185 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6186 break; | |
| 6187 } | |
| 6188 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6189 } | |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6192 break; | |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6197 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6200 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6201 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6202 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6203 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6204 break; | |
| 6205 #endif | |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6208 | |
| 667 | 6209 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6210 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6211 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6212 break; | |
| 667 | 6213 } |
| 6214 #endif | |
| 6215 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6216 break; | |
| 6217 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6218 } | |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6221 { | |
| 6222 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6223 break; | |
| 6224 } | |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6227 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 /* | |
| 6230 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6231 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6232 * over the text instead. | |
| 6233 */ | |
| 6234 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6235 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6236 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6237 else | |
| 6238 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6239 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6240 |
| 6241 /* | |
| 6242 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6243 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6244 */ | |
| 6245 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6246 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6247 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6248 inc_cursor(); |
| 6249 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6250 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6251 startcol = 0; | |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6254 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6255 { | |
| 6256 /* | |
| 6257 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6258 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6259 */ | |
| 6260 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6261 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6262 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6263 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6264 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6267 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6268 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6269 } | |
| 6270 else | |
| 6271 #endif | |
| 6272 { | |
| 6273 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6274 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6275 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6276 } | |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 /* | |
| 6279 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6280 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6281 */ | |
| 6282 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6283 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6284 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6285 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 6286 #endif | |
| 6287 , old_indent); | |
| 6288 old_indent = 0; | |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6291 if (first_line) | |
| 6292 { | |
| 6293 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 6294 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
| 6295 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
| 6296 { | |
| 6297 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6298 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 6299 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6300 else |
| 6301 #endif | |
| 6302 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 6303 } | |
| 6304 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6305 } | |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6308 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6309 { | |
| 6310 /* | |
| 6311 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6312 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6313 */ | |
| 6314 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6315 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6316 } | |
| 6317 else | |
| 6318 #endif | |
| 6319 { | |
| 6320 /* | |
| 6321 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6322 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6323 */ | |
| 6324 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6325 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6326 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6327 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6328 } | |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6331 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6332 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6333 #endif | |
| 6334 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6335 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6336 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6337 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6338 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6339 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6340 #endif | |
| 6341 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6342 } | |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6345 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6348 { | |
| 6349 update_topline(); | |
| 6350 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6351 } | |
| 6352 } | |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 /* | |
| 7 | 6355 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6356 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6357 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6358 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6359 * saved here. | |
| 6360 */ | |
| 6361 void | |
| 6362 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6363 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6364 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6365 { | |
| 6366 pos_T pos; | |
| 6367 colnr_T len; | |
| 6368 char_u *old; | |
| 6369 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6370 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6371 int cc; |
| 7 | 6372 |
| 6373 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6374 return; | |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6377 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6380 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6383 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6384 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6385 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6386 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6387 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6388 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6389 { | |
| 6390 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6391 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6392 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6393 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6394 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6395 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6396 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6397 { |
| 6398 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6399 return; | |
| 6400 } | |
| 6401 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6402 } | |
| 6403 | |
| 6404 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6405 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6406 * comments. */ | |
| 6407 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 6408 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
| 6409 return; | |
| 6410 #endif | |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 /* | |
| 6413 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6414 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6415 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6416 */ | |
| 6417 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6418 { | |
| 6419 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6420 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6421 return; | |
| 6422 } | |
| 6423 | |
| 6424 /* | |
| 6425 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6426 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6427 */ | |
| 6428 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6429 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6430 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6431 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6434 { | |
| 6435 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6436 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6437 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6438 } | |
| 6439 else | |
| 6440 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6443 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6444 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6445 * formatted. */ | |
| 6446 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6447 { | |
| 6448 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6449 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6450 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6451 { | |
| 6452 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6453 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6454 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6455 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6456 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6457 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6458 } | |
| 6459 else | |
| 6460 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6461 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6462 } | |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 check_cursor(); | |
| 6465 } | |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 /* | |
| 6468 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6469 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6470 * position. | |
| 6471 */ | |
| 6472 static void | |
| 6473 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6474 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6475 { | |
| 6476 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6477 int cc; |
| 7 | 6478 |
| 6479 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6480 { | |
| 301 | 6481 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6482 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6483 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6484 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6485 else | |
| 6486 { | |
| 6487 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6488 { | |
| 6489 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6490 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6491 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6492 } | |
| 6493 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6494 { | |
| 6495 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6496 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6497 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6498 } | |
| 6499 } | |
| 6500 } | |
| 6501 } | |
| 6502 | |
| 6503 /* | |
| 6504 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6505 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6506 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6507 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6508 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6509 */ | |
| 6510 int | |
| 6511 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6512 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6513 { |
| 6514 int textwidth; | |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6517 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6520 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6521 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6522 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6523 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6524 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6525 #endif | |
| 6526 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6527 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6528 #endif | |
| 6529 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6530 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6531 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6532 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6533 # endif |
| 6534 ) | |
| 6535 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6536 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6537 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6538 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6539 } | |
| 6540 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6541 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6542 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6543 { | |
| 6544 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6545 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6546 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6547 } | |
| 6548 return textwidth; | |
| 6549 } | |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 /* | |
| 6552 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6553 */ | |
| 6554 static void | |
| 6555 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6556 int c; | |
| 6557 { | |
| 6558 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6561 * three digits. */ | |
| 6562 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6563 { | |
| 1872 | 6564 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6565 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6566 } | |
| 6567 else | |
| 6568 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6569 } | |
| 6570 | |
| 6571 /* | |
| 6572 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6573 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6574 */ |
| 6575 static void | |
| 6576 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6577 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6578 { |
| 6579 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6580 { | |
| 6581 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6582 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6583 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6584 } | |
| 744 | 6585 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6586 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6587 #endif | |
| 7 | 6588 } |
| 6589 | |
| 744 | 6590 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6591 /* |
| 6592 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6593 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6594 */ | |
| 6595 static void | |
| 6596 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6597 { | |
| 6598 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6599 { | |
| 6600 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6603 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6604 } | |
| 6605 } | |
| 484 | 6606 |
| 6607 /* | |
| 6608 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6609 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6610 */ | |
| 6611 static void | |
| 6612 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6613 { | |
| 6614 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6615 | |
| 499 | 6616 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6617 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6618 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6619 } | |
| 221 | 6620 #endif |
| 6621 | |
| 7 | 6622 /* |
| 6623 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6624 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6625 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6626 */ | |
| 6627 int | |
| 6628 stop_arrow() | |
| 6629 { | |
| 6630 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6631 { | |
| 6632 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6633 { | |
| 6634 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6635 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6636 } | |
| 6637 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6638 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6639 ai_col = 0; |
| 6640 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6641 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6642 { | |
| 6643 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6644 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6645 } | |
| 6646 #endif | |
| 6647 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6648 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6649 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6650 } |
| 6651 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6652 { | |
| 6653 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6654 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6655 } | |
| 6656 | |
| 6657 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6658 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6659 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6660 #endif | |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6663 } | |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 /* | |
| 840 | 6666 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6667 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6668 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6669 */ |
| 6670 static void | |
| 6671 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6672 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6673 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6674 { |
| 603 | 6675 int cc; |
| 6676 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6677 |
| 6678 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6679 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 /* | |
| 603 | 6682 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6683 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6684 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6685 */ |
| 603 | 6686 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6687 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6688 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6689 { |
| 6690 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6691 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6692 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6693 } | |
| 6694 else | |
| 6695 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6696 |
| 840 | 6697 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6698 { |
| 6699 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6700 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6701 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6702 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6703 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6704 { |
| 10 | 6705 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6706 | |
| 7 | 6707 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6708 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6709 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6710 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6711 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6712 { | |
| 6713 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6714 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6715 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6716 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6717 } |
| 6718 | |
| 6719 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6720 | |
| 10 | 6721 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6722 { | |
| 6723 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6724 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6725 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6726 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6727 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6728 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6729 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6730 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6731 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6732 #endif | |
| 6733 } | |
| 7 | 6734 } |
| 6735 | |
| 6736 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6737 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6740 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6741 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6742 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6743 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6744 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6745 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6746 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6747 { |
| 10 | 6748 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6751 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6752 for (;;) |
| 6753 { | |
| 6754 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6755 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6756 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6757 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6758 break; | |
| 1892 | 6759 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6760 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6761 } |
| 10 | 6762 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6763 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6764 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6765 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6768 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6769 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6770 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6771 { | |
| 1872 | 6772 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6773 | |
| 6774 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6775 { |
| 1872 | 6776 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6777 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6778 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6779 # endif | |
| 6780 } | |
| 6781 } | |
| 6782 #endif | |
| 6783 } | |
| 6784 } | |
| 6785 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6786 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6787 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6788 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6789 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6790 #endif | |
| 6791 | |
| 840 | 6792 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6793 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6794 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6795 { | |
| 6796 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6797 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6798 } | |
| 7 | 6799 } |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 /* | |
| 6802 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6803 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6804 */ | |
| 6805 void | |
| 6806 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6807 int c; | |
| 6808 { | |
| 6809 char_u *s; | |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6812 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6813 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6814 #else | |
| 6815 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
| 6816 #endif | |
| 6817 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6818 { | |
| 6819 s = last_insert; | |
| 6820 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6821 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6822 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6823 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6824 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6825 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6826 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6827 } | |
| 6828 } | |
| 6829 | |
| 359 | 6830 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6831 void | |
| 6832 free_last_insert() | |
| 6833 { | |
| 6834 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6835 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6836 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6837 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6838 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6839 # endif |
| 359 | 6840 } |
| 6841 #endif | |
| 6842 | |
| 7 | 6843 /* |
| 6844 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6845 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6846 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6847 */ | |
| 6848 char_u * | |
| 6849 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6850 int c; | |
| 6851 char_u *s; | |
| 6852 { | |
| 6853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6854 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 6855 int i; | |
| 6856 int len; | |
| 6857 | |
| 6858 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6859 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6860 { | |
| 6861 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6862 #endif | |
| 6863 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6864 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6865 { | |
| 6866 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6867 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6868 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6869 } | |
| 6870 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6871 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6872 { | |
| 6873 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6874 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6875 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6876 } | |
| 6877 #endif | |
| 6878 else | |
| 6879 *s++ = c; | |
| 6880 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6881 } | |
| 6882 #endif | |
| 6883 return s; | |
| 6884 } | |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 /* | |
| 6887 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6888 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6889 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6890 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6891 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6892 */ | |
| 6893 void | |
| 6894 beginline(flags) | |
| 6895 int flags; | |
| 6896 { | |
| 6897 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6898 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6899 else | |
| 6900 { | |
| 6901 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6902 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6903 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6904 #endif | |
| 6905 | |
| 6906 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6907 { | |
| 6908 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6911 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6912 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6913 } | |
| 6914 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6915 } | |
| 6916 } | |
| 6917 | |
| 6918 /* | |
| 6919 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6920 * | |
| 6921 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6922 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6923 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6924 */ | |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 int | |
| 6927 oneright() | |
| 6928 { | |
| 6929 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6930 int l; | |
| 6931 | |
| 6932 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6933 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6934 { | |
| 6935 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 6938 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6939 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 6940 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 6941 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 6942 # else |
| 7 | 6943 *ptr |
| 773 | 6944 # endif |
| 7 | 6945 )) |
| 6946 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 6947 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6948 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 6949 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 6950 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6951 } | |
| 6952 #endif | |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 6955 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 6956 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 6957 | |
| 7 | 6958 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 6959 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6960 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6961 else |
| 6962 #endif | |
| 773 | 6963 l = 1; |
| 6964 | |
| 6965 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 6966 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 6967 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 6968 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6969 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 6970 #endif | |
| 6971 ) | |
| 6972 return FAIL; | |
| 6973 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 6974 |
| 6975 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6976 return OK; | |
| 6977 } | |
| 6978 | |
| 6979 int | |
| 6980 oneleft() | |
| 6981 { | |
| 6982 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6983 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6984 { | |
| 6985 int width; | |
| 6986 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 6987 | |
| 6988 if (v == 0) | |
| 6989 return FAIL; | |
| 6990 | |
| 6991 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 6992 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 6993 width = 1; | |
| 6994 for (;;) | |
| 6995 { | |
| 6996 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 6997 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 6998 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 6999 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 7000 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7001 && !has_mbyte | |
| 7002 # endif | |
| 7003 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 7004 break; | |
| 7005 ++width; | |
| 7006 } | |
| 7007 # else | |
| 7008 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 7009 # endif | |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 7012 { | |
| 7013 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 7016 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7017 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 7018 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7019 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 7020 # else | |
| 7021 *ptr | |
| 7022 # endif | |
| 7023 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 7024 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7025 } | |
| 7026 | |
| 7027 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7028 return OK; | |
| 7029 } | |
| 7030 #endif | |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 7033 return FAIL; | |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7036 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7037 | |
| 7038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7039 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 7040 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 7041 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7042 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 7043 #endif | |
| 7044 return OK; | |
| 7045 } | |
| 7046 | |
| 7047 int | |
| 7048 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7049 long n; | |
| 7050 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7051 { | |
| 7052 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 if (n > 0) | |
| 7055 { | |
| 7056 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 7057 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 7058 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7059 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7060 return FAIL; |
| 7061 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 7062 lnum = 1; | |
| 7063 else | |
| 7064 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7065 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7066 { | |
| 7067 /* | |
| 7068 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 7069 */ | |
| 7070 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 7071 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 while (n--) | |
| 7074 { | |
| 7075 /* move up one line */ | |
| 7076 --lnum; | |
| 7077 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 7078 break; | |
| 7079 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 7080 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 7081 * in a moment. */ | |
| 7082 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 7083 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7084 } | |
| 7085 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 7086 lnum = 1; | |
| 7087 } | |
| 7088 else | |
| 7089 #endif | |
| 7090 lnum -= n; | |
| 7091 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7092 } | |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7095 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7098 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7099 | |
| 7100 return OK; | |
| 7101 } | |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 /* | |
| 7104 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 7105 */ | |
| 7106 int | |
| 7107 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7108 long n; | |
| 7109 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7110 { | |
| 7111 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7112 | |
| 7113 if (n > 0) | |
| 7114 { | |
| 7115 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7116 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7117 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 7118 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 7119 #endif | |
| 161 | 7120 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 7121 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7122 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7123 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7124 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7125 return FAIL; |
| 7126 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7127 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7128 else | |
| 7129 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7130 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7131 { | |
| 7132 linenr_T last; | |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 7135 while (n--) | |
| 7136 { | |
| 7137 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 7138 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 7139 else | |
| 7140 ++lnum; | |
| 7141 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7142 break; | |
| 7143 } | |
| 7144 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7145 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7146 } | |
| 7147 else | |
| 7148 #endif | |
| 7149 lnum += n; | |
| 7150 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7151 } | |
| 7152 | |
| 7153 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7154 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7157 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7158 | |
| 7159 return OK; | |
| 7160 } | |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 /* | |
| 7163 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 7164 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 7165 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7166 */ | |
| 7167 int | |
| 7168 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7169 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7170 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7171 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7172 { | |
| 7173 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7174 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7175 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7176 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7177 | |
| 7178 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7179 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7180 { | |
| 7181 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7182 return FAIL; | |
| 7183 } | |
| 7184 | |
| 7185 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7186 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7187 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7188 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7189 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7190 | |
| 7191 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7192 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7193 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7194 */ | |
| 7195 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7196 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7197 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7198 { | |
| 7199 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7200 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7201 } | |
| 7202 | |
| 7203 do | |
| 7204 { | |
| 7205 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7206 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7207 if (last) | |
| 7208 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7209 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7210 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7211 } | |
| 7212 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 if (last) | |
| 7215 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7218 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7221 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7222 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 return OK; | |
| 7225 } | |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 char_u * | |
| 7228 get_last_insert() | |
| 7229 { | |
| 7230 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7231 return NULL; | |
| 7232 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7233 } | |
| 7234 | |
| 7235 /* | |
| 7236 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7237 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7238 */ | |
| 7239 char_u * | |
| 7240 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7241 { | |
| 7242 char_u *s; | |
| 7243 int len; | |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7246 return NULL; | |
| 7247 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7248 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7249 { | |
| 7250 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7251 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7252 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7253 } | |
| 7254 return s; | |
| 7255 } | |
| 7256 | |
| 7257 /* | |
| 7258 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7259 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7260 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7261 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7262 */ | |
| 7263 static int | |
| 7264 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7265 int c; | |
| 7266 { | |
| 7267 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7268 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7269 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7270 return FALSE; | |
| 7271 | |
| 7272 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7273 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7274 } | |
| 7275 | |
| 7276 /* | |
| 7277 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7278 * | |
| 7279 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7280 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7281 * | |
| 7282 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7283 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7284 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7285 * | |
| 7286 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7287 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7288 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7289 * | |
| 7290 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7291 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7292 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7293 */ | |
| 7294 | |
| 298 | 7295 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7296 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7297 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7298 |
| 7299 void | |
| 7300 replace_push(c) | |
| 7301 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7302 { | |
| 7303 char_u *p; | |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7306 return; | |
| 7307 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7308 { | |
| 7309 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7310 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7311 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7312 { | |
| 7313 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7314 return; | |
| 7315 } | |
| 7316 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7317 { | |
| 7318 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7319 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7320 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7321 } | |
| 7322 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7323 } | |
| 7324 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7325 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7326 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7327 *p = c; | |
| 7328 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7329 } | |
| 7330 | |
| 1470 | 7331 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7332 /* | |
| 7333 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7334 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7335 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7336 */ | |
| 7337 int | |
| 7338 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7339 char_u *p; | |
| 7340 { | |
| 7341 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7342 int j; | |
| 7343 | |
| 7344 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7345 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7346 return l; | |
| 7347 } | |
| 7348 #endif | |
| 7349 | |
| 7 | 7350 /* |
| 7351 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7352 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7353 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7354 */ | |
| 7355 static int | |
| 7356 replace_pop() | |
| 7357 { | |
| 7358 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7359 return -1; | |
| 7360 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7361 } | |
| 7362 | |
| 7363 /* | |
| 7364 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7365 * encountered. | |
| 7366 */ | |
| 7367 static void | |
| 7368 replace_join(off) | |
| 7369 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7370 { | |
| 7371 int i; | |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7374 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7375 { | |
| 7376 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7377 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7378 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7379 return; | |
| 7380 } | |
| 7381 } | |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 /* | |
| 7384 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7385 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7386 */ | |
| 7387 static void | |
| 7388 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7389 { | |
| 7390 int cc; | |
| 7391 int oldState = State; | |
| 7392 | |
| 7393 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7394 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7395 { | |
| 7396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7397 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7398 #else | |
| 7399 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7400 #endif | |
| 7401 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7402 } | |
| 7403 State = oldState; | |
| 7404 } | |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7407 /* | |
| 7408 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7409 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7410 */ | |
| 7411 static void | |
| 7412 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7413 int cc; | |
| 7414 { | |
| 7415 int n; | |
| 7416 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 7417 int i; | |
| 7418 int c; | |
| 7419 | |
| 7420 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7421 { | |
| 7422 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7423 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7424 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7425 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7426 } | |
| 7427 else | |
| 7428 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7431 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7432 for (;;) | |
| 7433 { | |
| 7434 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7435 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7436 break; | |
| 7437 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7438 { | |
| 7439 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7440 replace_push(c); | |
| 7441 break; | |
| 7442 } | |
| 7443 else | |
| 7444 { | |
| 7445 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7446 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7447 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7448 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7449 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7450 else | |
| 7451 { | |
| 7452 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7453 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7454 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7455 break; | |
| 7456 } | |
| 7457 } | |
| 7458 } | |
| 7459 } | |
| 7460 #endif | |
| 7461 | |
| 7462 /* | |
| 7463 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7464 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7465 */ | |
| 7466 static void | |
| 7467 replace_flush() | |
| 7468 { | |
| 7469 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7470 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7471 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7472 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7473 } | |
| 7474 | |
| 7475 /* | |
| 7476 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7477 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7478 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7479 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7480 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7481 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7482 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7483 */ |
| 7484 static void | |
| 1782 | 7485 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7486 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7487 { |
| 7488 int cc; | |
| 7489 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7490 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7491 int ins_len; | |
| 7492 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7493 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7494 char_u *p; | |
| 7495 int i; | |
| 7496 int vcol; | |
| 7497 #endif | |
| 7498 | |
| 7499 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7500 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7501 { | |
| 7502 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7503 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7504 { | |
| 7505 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7506 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7507 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7508 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7509 } | |
| 7510 #endif | |
| 7511 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7512 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7513 { | |
| 1782 | 7514 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7515 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7516 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7517 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7518 # endif |
| 7519 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7520 } | |
| 7521 else | |
| 7522 #endif | |
| 7523 { | |
| 7524 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7525 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7526 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7527 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7528 #endif |
| 7529 } | |
| 7530 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7531 | |
| 7532 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7533 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7534 { | |
| 7535 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7536 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7537 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7538 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7539 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7540 { | |
| 7541 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7543 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7544 #endif |
| 7545 } | |
| 7546 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7547 | |
| 7548 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7549 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7550 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7551 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7552 { | |
| 7553 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7554 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7555 } | |
| 7556 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7557 } | |
| 7558 #endif | |
| 7559 | |
| 7560 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7561 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7562 } | |
| 7563 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7564 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7565 } |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7568 /* | |
| 7569 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7570 */ | |
| 7571 static int | |
| 7572 cindent_on() | |
| 7573 { | |
| 7574 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7575 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7576 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7577 # endif | |
| 7578 )); | |
| 7579 } | |
| 7580 #endif | |
| 7581 | |
| 7582 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7583 /* | |
| 7584 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7585 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7586 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7587 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7588 */ | |
| 7589 | |
| 7590 void | |
| 7591 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7592 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7593 { | |
| 1516 | 7594 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7595 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7596 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7597 } | |
| 7598 | |
| 7599 void | |
| 7600 fix_indent() | |
| 7601 { | |
| 7602 if (p_paste) | |
| 7603 return; | |
| 7604 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7605 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7606 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7607 # endif | |
| 7608 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7609 else | |
| 7610 # endif | |
| 7611 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7612 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7613 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7614 # endif | |
| 7615 } | |
| 7616 | |
| 7617 #endif | |
| 7618 | |
| 7619 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7620 /* | |
| 7621 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7622 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7623 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7624 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7625 * | |
| 7626 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7627 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7628 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7629 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7630 * | |
| 7631 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7632 */ | |
| 7633 int | |
| 7634 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7635 int keytyped; | |
| 7636 int when; | |
| 7637 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7638 { | |
| 7639 char_u *look; | |
| 7640 int try_match; | |
| 7641 int try_match_word; | |
| 7642 char_u *p; | |
| 7643 char_u *line; | |
| 7644 int icase; | |
| 7645 int i; | |
| 7646 | |
| 2025 | 7647 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7648 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7649 return FALSE; | |
| 7650 | |
| 7 | 7651 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7652 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7653 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7654 else | |
| 7655 #endif | |
| 7656 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7657 while (*look) | |
| 7658 { | |
| 7659 /* | |
| 7660 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7661 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7662 */ | |
| 7663 switch (when) | |
| 7664 { | |
| 7665 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7666 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7667 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7668 } | |
| 7669 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7670 ++look; | |
| 7671 | |
| 7672 /* | |
| 7673 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7674 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7675 */ | |
| 7676 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7677 { | |
| 7678 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7679 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7680 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7681 ++look; | |
| 7682 } | |
| 7683 else | |
| 7684 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 /* | |
| 7687 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7688 */ | |
| 7689 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7690 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7691 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7692 #else | |
| 7693 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7694 #endif | |
| 7695 ) | |
| 7696 { | |
| 7697 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7698 return TRUE; | |
| 7699 look += 2; | |
| 7700 } | |
| 7701 /* | |
| 7702 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7703 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7704 */ | |
| 7705 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7706 { | |
| 7707 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7708 return TRUE; | |
| 7709 ++look; | |
| 7710 } | |
| 7711 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7712 { | |
| 7713 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7714 return TRUE; | |
| 7715 ++look; | |
| 7716 } | |
| 7717 | |
| 7718 /* | |
| 7719 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7720 * cursor. | |
| 7721 */ | |
| 7722 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7723 { | |
| 7724 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7725 { | |
| 7726 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7727 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7728 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7729 return TRUE; | |
| 7730 } | |
| 7731 ++look; | |
| 7732 } | |
| 7733 | |
| 7734 /* | |
| 7735 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7736 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7737 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7738 */ | |
| 7739 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7740 { | |
| 7741 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7742 { | |
| 7743 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7744 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7745 || cin_islabel(30)) |
| 7 | 7746 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7747 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7748 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7749 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7750 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7751 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7752 { | |
| 7753 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7754 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 7 | 7755 || cin_islabel(30)); |
| 7756 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7757 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7758 if (i) | |
| 7759 return TRUE; | |
| 7760 } | |
| 7761 } | |
| 7762 ++look; | |
| 7763 } | |
| 7764 | |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 /* | |
| 7767 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7768 */ | |
| 7769 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7770 { | |
| 7771 if (try_match) | |
| 7772 { | |
| 7773 /* | |
| 7774 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7775 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7776 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7777 */ | |
| 7778 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7779 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7780 return TRUE; | |
| 7781 | |
| 7782 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7783 return TRUE; | |
| 7784 } | |
| 7785 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7786 look++; | |
| 7787 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7788 look++; | |
| 7789 } | |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 /* | |
| 7792 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7793 */ | |
| 7794 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7795 { | |
| 7796 ++look; | |
| 7797 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7798 { | |
| 7799 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7800 ++look; | |
| 7801 } | |
| 7802 else | |
| 7803 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7804 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7805 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7806 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7807 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7808 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7809 { | |
| 7810 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7811 | |
| 7812 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7813 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7814 { | |
| 7815 char_u *s; | |
| 7816 | |
| 7817 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7818 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7819 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7820 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7821 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7822 { | |
| 7823 char_u *n; | |
| 7824 | |
| 7825 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7826 { | |
| 7827 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7828 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7829 break; | |
| 7830 } | |
| 7831 } | |
| 7832 else | |
| 7833 # endif | |
| 7834 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7835 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7836 break; | |
| 7837 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7838 && (icase | |
| 7839 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7840 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7841 match = TRUE; | |
| 7842 } | |
| 7843 else | |
| 7844 #endif | |
| 7845 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7846 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7847 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7848 { | |
| 7849 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7850 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7851 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7852 && (icase | |
| 7853 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7854 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7855 == 0) | |
| 7856 match = TRUE; | |
| 7857 } | |
| 7858 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7859 { | |
| 7860 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7861 * word. */ | |
| 7862 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7863 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7864 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7865 match = FALSE; | |
| 7866 } | |
| 7867 if (match) | |
| 7868 return TRUE; | |
| 7869 } | |
| 7870 look = p; | |
| 7871 } | |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 /* | |
| 7874 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7875 */ | |
| 7876 else | |
| 7877 { | |
| 7878 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7879 return TRUE; | |
| 7880 ++look; | |
| 7881 } | |
| 7882 | |
| 7883 /* | |
| 7884 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7885 */ | |
| 7886 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7887 } | |
| 7888 return FALSE; | |
| 7889 } | |
| 7890 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7893 /* | |
| 7894 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7895 */ | |
| 7896 int | |
| 7897 hkmap(c) | |
| 7898 int c; | |
| 7899 { | |
| 7900 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7901 { | |
| 7902 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7903 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7904 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7905 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7906 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7907 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7908 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7909 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7910 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7911 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7912 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7913 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7914 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7915 | |
| 7916 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7917 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7918 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7919 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7920 return 'X'; | |
| 7921 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7922 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7923 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7924 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7925 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7926 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7927 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7928 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7929 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7930 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7931 #else | |
| 7932 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7933 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7934 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7935 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7936 */ | |
| 7937 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 7938 #endif | |
| 7939 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 7940 else | |
| 7941 return c; | |
| 7942 } | |
| 7943 else | |
| 7944 { | |
| 7945 switch (c) | |
| 7946 { | |
| 7947 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 7948 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 7949 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 7950 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 7951 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 7952 | |
| 7953 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 7954 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 7955 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 7956 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 7957 default: { | |
| 7958 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7961 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 7962 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 7963 #else | |
| 7964 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 7965 #endif | |
| 7966 return c; | |
| 7967 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 7968 break; | |
| 7969 } | |
| 7970 } | |
| 7971 | |
| 7972 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 7973 } | |
| 7974 } | |
| 7975 #endif | |
| 7976 | |
| 7977 static void | |
| 7978 ins_reg() | |
| 7979 { | |
| 7980 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7981 int regname; | |
| 7982 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 7983 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 7984 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 7985 #endif | |
| 7 | 7986 |
| 7987 /* | |
| 7988 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 7989 */ | |
| 7990 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 7991 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 7992 { | |
| 7993 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 7994 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 7995 |
| 7996 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 7997 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7998 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7999 #endif | |
| 8000 } | |
| 8001 | |
| 8002 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 8003 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 8004 #endif | |
| 8005 | |
| 8006 /* | |
| 8007 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8008 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8009 */ | |
| 8010 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8011 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8012 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8013 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8014 { | |
| 8015 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 8016 literally = regname; | |
| 8017 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8018 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 8019 #endif | |
| 1389 | 8020 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8021 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8022 } | |
| 8023 --no_mapping; | |
| 8024 | |
| 8025 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 8026 /* | |
| 8027 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 8028 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 8029 */ | |
| 8030 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 8031 if (regname == '=') | |
| 8032 { | |
| 133 | 8033 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8034 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 8035 # endif |
| 7 | 8036 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 8037 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8038 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 8039 if (im_on) | |
| 8040 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 8041 # endif |
| 7 | 8042 } |
| 140 | 8043 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 8044 { | |
| 8045 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 8046 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 8047 } |
| 7 | 8048 else |
| 8049 { | |
| 8050 #endif | |
| 8051 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8052 { | |
| 8053 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 8054 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8055 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 8056 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 8057 | |
| 8058 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 8059 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 8060 } | |
| 8061 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 8062 { | |
| 8063 vim_beep(); | |
| 8064 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 8065 } | |
| 133 | 8066 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 8067 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 8068 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 8069 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8070 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8071 | |
| 7 | 8072 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 8073 } | |
| 8074 --no_u_sync; | |
| 8075 #endif | |
| 8076 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8077 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 8078 #endif | |
| 8079 | |
| 8080 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8081 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 8082 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 8083 |
| 8084 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8085 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 8086 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 8087 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 8088 #endif | |
| 7 | 8089 } |
| 8090 | |
| 8091 /* | |
| 8092 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 8093 */ | |
| 8094 static void | |
| 8095 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 8096 { | |
| 8097 int c; | |
| 8098 | |
| 8099 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8100 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 8101 setcursor(); | |
| 8102 #endif | |
| 8103 | |
| 8104 /* | |
| 8105 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8106 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8107 */ | |
| 8108 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8109 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8110 --no_mapping; |
| 8111 switch (c) | |
| 8112 { | |
| 8113 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8114 case K_UP: | |
| 8115 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 8116 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 8117 break; | |
| 8118 | |
| 8119 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8120 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8121 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 8122 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 8123 break; | |
| 8124 | |
| 8125 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 8126 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 8127 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 8128 |
| 8129 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 8130 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 8131 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 8132 break; |
| 8133 | |
| 8134 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 8135 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 8136 } | |
| 8137 } | |
| 8138 | |
| 8139 /* | |
| 449 | 8140 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 8141 */ | |
| 8142 static void | |
| 8143 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 8144 { | |
| 782 | 8145 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 8146 { |
| 8147 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 8148 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 8149 { | |
| 8150 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8151 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8152 } | |
| 8153 else | |
| 8154 { | |
| 8155 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 8156 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 8157 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8158 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8159 #endif | |
| 8160 } | |
| 8161 } | |
| 8162 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8163 else | |
| 8164 { | |
| 8165 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8166 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8167 { | |
| 8168 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8169 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8170 } | |
| 8171 else | |
| 8172 { | |
| 8173 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8174 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8175 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8176 } | |
| 8177 } | |
| 8178 #endif | |
| 8179 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8180 showmode(); | |
| 8181 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8182 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8183 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8184 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8185 #endif | |
| 8186 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8187 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8188 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8189 #endif | |
| 8190 } | |
| 8191 | |
| 8192 /* | |
| 7 | 8193 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8194 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8195 * insert. | |
| 8196 */ | |
| 8197 static int | |
| 477 | 8198 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8199 long *count; |
| 8200 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8201 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8202 { |
| 8203 int temp; | |
| 8204 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8205 | |
| 744 | 8206 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8207 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8208 #endif | |
| 7 | 8209 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8210 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8211 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8212 # endif | |
| 8213 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8214 { | |
| 8215 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8216 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8217 } | |
| 8218 #endif | |
| 8219 | |
| 8220 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8221 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8222 { | |
| 8223 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8224 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8225 } | |
| 8226 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8227 { | |
| 8228 /* | |
| 8229 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8230 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8231 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8232 */ |
| 8233 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8234 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8235 |
| 8236 /* | |
| 8237 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8238 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8239 */ | |
| 8240 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8241 { | |
| 8242 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8243 if (got_int) | |
| 8244 *count = 0; | |
| 8245 } | |
| 8246 | |
| 8247 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8248 { | |
| 164 | 8249 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8250 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8251 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8252 | |
| 7 | 8253 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8254 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8255 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8256 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8257 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8258 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8259 } | |
| 8260 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8261 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8262 } | |
| 8263 | |
| 8264 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8265 * indent */ | |
| 8266 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8267 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8270 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8271 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8272 | |
| 8273 /* | |
| 8274 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8275 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8276 */ |
| 477 | 8277 if (!nomove |
| 8278 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8279 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8280 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8281 #endif | |
| 477 | 8282 ) |
| 8283 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8284 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8285 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8286 && !VIsual_active |
| 8287 #endif | |
| 8288 )) | |
| 7 | 8289 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8290 && !revins_on | |
| 8291 #endif | |
| 8292 ) | |
| 8293 { | |
| 8294 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8295 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8296 { | |
| 8297 oneleft(); | |
| 8298 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8299 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8300 } | |
| 8301 else | |
| 8302 #endif | |
| 8303 { | |
| 8304 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8306 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8307 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8308 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8309 #endif | |
| 8310 } | |
| 8311 } | |
| 8312 | |
| 8313 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8314 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8315 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8316 * well). */ | |
| 8317 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8318 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8319 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8320 #endif | |
| 8321 | |
| 8322 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8323 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8324 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8325 | |
| 8326 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8327 setmouse(); | |
| 8328 #endif | |
| 8329 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8330 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8331 #endif | |
| 8332 | |
| 8333 /* | |
| 8334 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8335 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8336 */ | |
| 8337 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8338 showmode(); | |
| 8339 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8340 MSG(""); | |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8343 } | |
| 8344 | |
| 8345 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8346 /* | |
| 8347 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8348 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8349 */ | |
| 8350 static void | |
| 8351 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8352 { | |
| 8353 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8354 { | |
| 8355 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8356 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8357 } | |
| 8358 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8359 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8360 if (revins_on) | |
| 8361 { | |
| 8362 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8363 revins_legal++; | |
| 8364 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8365 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8366 } | |
| 8367 else | |
| 8368 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8369 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8370 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8371 { | |
| 8372 /* | |
| 8373 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8374 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8375 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8376 */ | |
| 8377 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8378 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8379 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8380 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8381 State = INSERT; | |
| 8382 } | |
| 8383 else | |
| 8384 #endif | |
| 8385 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8386 showmode(); | |
| 8387 } | |
| 8388 #endif | |
| 8389 | |
| 8390 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8391 /* | |
| 8392 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8393 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8394 */ | |
| 8395 static int | |
| 8396 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8397 int c; | |
| 8398 { | |
| 8399 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8400 switch (c) | |
| 8401 { | |
| 8402 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8403 case K_KEND: | |
| 8404 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8405 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8406 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8407 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8408 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8409 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8410 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8411 case K_UP: | |
| 8412 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8413 case K_END: | |
| 8414 case K_HOME: | |
| 8415 # endif | |
| 8416 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8417 break; | |
| 8418 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8419 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8420 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8421 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8422 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8423 case K_S_END: | |
| 8424 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8425 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8426 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8427 start_selection(); | |
| 8428 | |
| 8429 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8430 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8431 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8432 { | |
| 8433 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8434 | |
| 8435 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8436 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8437 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8438 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8439 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8440 } | |
| 8441 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8442 return TRUE; | |
| 8443 } | |
| 8444 return FALSE; | |
| 8445 } | |
| 8446 #endif | |
| 8447 | |
| 8448 /* | |
| 449 | 8449 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8450 */ | |
| 8451 static void | |
| 8452 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8453 int replaceState; | |
| 8454 { | |
| 8455 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8456 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8457 { | |
| 8458 beep_flush(); | |
| 8459 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8460 return; | |
| 8461 } | |
| 8462 #endif | |
| 8463 | |
| 8464 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8465 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8466 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8467 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8468 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8469 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8470 # endif | |
| 8471 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8472 # endif |
| 449 | 8473 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8474 #endif | |
| 8475 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8476 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8477 else | |
| 8478 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8479 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8480 showmode(); | |
| 8481 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8482 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8483 #endif | |
| 8484 } | |
| 8485 | |
| 8486 /* | |
| 8487 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8488 */ | |
| 8489 static void | |
| 8490 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8491 { | |
| 8492 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8493 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8494 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8495 else | |
| 8496 #endif | |
| 8497 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8498 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8499 else | |
| 8500 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8501 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8502 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8503 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8504 else | |
| 8505 #endif | |
| 8506 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8507 } | |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 /* | |
| 7 | 8510 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8511 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8512 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8513 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8514 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8515 */ | |
| 8516 static void | |
| 8517 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8518 int c; | |
| 8519 int lastc; | |
| 8520 { | |
| 8521 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8522 return; | |
| 8523 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8524 | |
| 8525 /* | |
| 8526 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8527 */ | |
| 1330 | 8528 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8529 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8530 { |
| 8531 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8532 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8533 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8534 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8535 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8536 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8537 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8538 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8539 } |
| 8540 else | |
| 1516 | 8541 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8542 |
| 8543 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8544 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8545 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8546 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8547 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8548 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8549 #endif | |
| 8550 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8551 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8552 #endif | |
| 8553 } | |
| 8554 | |
| 8555 static void | |
| 8556 ins_del() | |
| 8557 { | |
| 8558 int temp; | |
| 8559 | |
| 8560 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8561 return; | |
| 8562 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8563 { | |
| 8564 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8565 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8566 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8567 vim_beep(); |
| 8568 else | |
| 8569 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8570 } | |
| 8571 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8572 vim_beep(); | |
| 8573 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8574 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8575 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8576 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8577 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8578 #endif | |
| 8579 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8580 } | |
| 8581 | |
| 1460 | 8582 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8583 | |
| 8584 /* | |
| 8585 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8586 */ | |
| 8587 static void | |
| 8588 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8589 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8590 { | |
| 8591 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8592 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8593 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8594 { | |
| 8595 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8596 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8597 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8598 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8599 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8600 } |
| 8601 else | |
| 8602 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8603 } | |
| 8604 | |
| 7 | 8605 /* |
| 8606 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8607 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8608 */ | |
| 8609 static int | |
| 8610 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8611 int c; | |
| 8612 int mode; | |
| 8613 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8614 { | |
| 8615 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8616 int cc; | |
| 8617 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8618 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8619 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8620 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8621 int in_indent; | |
| 8622 int oldState; | |
| 8623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8624 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8625 #endif |
| 8626 | |
| 8627 /* | |
| 8628 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8629 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8630 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8631 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8632 */ | |
| 8633 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8634 || ( | |
| 8635 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8636 !revins_on && | |
| 8637 #endif | |
| 8638 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8639 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8640 && (arrow_used | |
| 8641 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8642 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8643 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8644 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8645 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8646 { | |
| 8647 vim_beep(); | |
| 8648 return FALSE; | |
| 8649 } | |
| 8650 | |
| 8651 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8652 return FALSE; | |
| 8653 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8654 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8655 if (in_indent) | |
| 8656 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8657 #endif | |
| 8658 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8659 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8660 #endif | |
| 8661 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8662 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8663 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8664 #endif | |
| 8665 | |
| 8666 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8667 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8668 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8669 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8670 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8671 */ | |
| 8672 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8673 { | |
| 8674 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8675 { | |
| 8676 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8677 return TRUE; | |
| 8678 } | |
| 8679 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8680 { | |
| 8681 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8682 return TRUE; | |
| 8683 } | |
| 8684 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8685 } | |
| 8686 #endif | |
| 8687 | |
| 8688 /* | |
| 8689 * delete newline! | |
| 8690 */ | |
| 8691 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8692 { | |
| 8693 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8694 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8695 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8696 || revins_on | |
| 8697 #endif | |
| 8698 ) | |
| 8699 { | |
| 8700 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8701 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8702 return FALSE; | |
| 8703 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8704 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8705 } | |
| 8706 /* | |
| 8707 * In replace mode: | |
| 8708 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8709 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8710 */ | |
| 8711 cc = -1; | |
| 8712 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8713 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8714 /* | |
| 8715 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8716 * cursor. | |
| 8717 */ | |
| 8718 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8719 { | |
| 8720 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8721 } | |
| 8722 else | |
| 8723 { | |
| 8724 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8725 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8726 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8727 #endif | |
| 8728 { | |
| 8729 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8730 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8731 |
| 8732 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8733 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8734 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8735 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8736 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8737 { | |
| 8738 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8739 TRUE); | |
| 8740 int len; | |
| 8741 | |
| 835 | 8742 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8743 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8744 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8745 } | |
| 8746 | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8747 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8748 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8749 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8750 } | |
| 8751 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8752 else | |
| 8753 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8754 #endif | |
| 8755 | |
| 8756 /* | |
| 8757 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8758 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8759 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8760 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8761 */ | |
| 8762 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8763 { | |
| 8764 /* | |
| 8765 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8766 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8767 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8768 */ | |
| 8769 oldState = State; | |
| 8770 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8771 /* | |
| 8772 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8773 */ | |
| 8774 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8775 { | |
| 1872 | 8776 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8777 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8778 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8779 #else | |
| 8780 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8781 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8782 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8783 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8784 } | |
| 8785 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8786 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8787 State = oldState; | |
| 8788 } | |
| 8789 } | |
| 8790 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8791 } | |
| 8792 else | |
| 8793 { | |
| 8794 /* | |
| 8795 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8796 */ | |
| 8797 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8798 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8799 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8800 #endif | |
| 8801 mincol = 0; | |
| 8802 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8803 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8804 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8805 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8806 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8807 #endif |
| 8808 ) | |
| 7 | 8809 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8810 && !revins_on | |
| 8811 #endif | |
| 8812 ) | |
| 8813 { | |
| 1872 | 8814 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8815 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8816 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8817 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8818 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8819 } |
| 8820 | |
| 8821 /* | |
| 8822 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8823 */ | |
| 8824 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8825 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 648 | 8826 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
| 1497 | 8827 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8828 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8829 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8830 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8831 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8832 { | |
| 8833 int ts; | |
| 8834 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8835 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8836 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8837 |
| 8838 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8839 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 7 | 8840 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
| 8841 else | |
| 8842 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 8843 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
| 8844 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8845 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8846 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8847 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8848 dec_cursor(); |
| 8849 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8850 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8851 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8852 | |
| 8853 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8854 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8855 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8856 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8857 |
| 8858 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8859 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8860 { | |
| 8861 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8862 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8863 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8864 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8865 | |
| 8866 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8867 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8868 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8869 else | |
| 8870 #endif | |
| 8871 { | |
| 8872 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8873 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8874 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8875 } |
| 8876 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8877 } | |
| 1460 | 8878 |
| 8879 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8880 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8881 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8882 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8883 } |
| 8884 | |
| 8885 /* | |
| 8886 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8887 */ | |
| 8888 else do | |
| 8889 { | |
| 8890 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8891 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8892 #endif | |
| 8893 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8894 | |
| 8895 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8896 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8897 { | |
| 8898 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8899 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8900 } | |
| 8901 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8902 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8903 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8904 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8905 { | |
| 8906 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8907 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8908 #endif | |
| 8909 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8910 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8911 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8912 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8913 #endif | |
| 8914 break; | |
| 8915 } | |
| 8916 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8917 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8918 else |
| 8919 { | |
| 8920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8921 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8922 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8923 #endif |
| 8924 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8925 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8926 /* | |
| 714 | 8927 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8928 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8929 * character. |
| 8930 */ | |
| 714 | 8931 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8932 inc_cursor(); |
| 8933 #endif | |
| 8934 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8935 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8936 { | |
| 8937 revins_chars--; | |
| 8938 revins_legal++; | |
| 8939 } | |
| 8940 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 8941 break; | |
| 8942 #endif | |
| 8943 } | |
| 8944 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 8945 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8946 break; | |
| 8947 } while ( | |
| 8948 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8949 revins_on || | |
| 8950 #endif | |
| 8951 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 8952 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8953 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 8954 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 8955 } | |
| 8956 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8957 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8958 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8959 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8960 #endif | |
| 8961 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 8962 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8963 /* | |
| 8964 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 8965 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 8966 * with. | |
| 8967 */ | |
| 8968 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8969 | |
| 8970 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 8971 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8972 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8973 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8974 | |
| 8975 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 8976 * was there remains visible | |
| 8977 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 8978 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 8979 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 8980 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 8981 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 3318 | 8982 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 8983 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
| 8984 | |
| 1514 | 8985 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 8986 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 8987 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 8988 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 8989 if (did_backspace) | |
| 8990 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 8991 #endif | |
| 8992 | |
| 7 | 8993 return did_backspace; |
| 8994 } | |
| 8995 | |
| 8996 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8997 static void | |
| 8998 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 8999 int c; | |
| 9000 { | |
| 9001 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 9002 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 9003 |
| 9004 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9005 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 9006 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 9007 # endif | |
| 9008 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 9009 return; | |
| 9010 | |
| 9011 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9012 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9013 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 9014 { | |
| 840 | 9015 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9016 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9017 | |
| 9018 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 9019 { | |
| 9020 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 9021 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 9022 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9023 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9024 } | |
| 9025 #endif | |
| 9026 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 9027 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9028 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 9029 { | |
| 9030 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 9031 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9032 } | |
| 9033 #endif | |
| 7 | 9034 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 9035 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9036 # endif | |
| 9037 } | |
| 9038 | |
| 9039 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9040 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 9041 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 9042 #endif | |
| 9043 } | |
| 9044 | |
| 9045 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9046 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9047 int dir; |
| 7 | 9048 { |
| 9049 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 9050 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9051 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9052 # endif | |
| 9053 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9054 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9055 # endif |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9058 | |
| 9059 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9060 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 9061 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 9062 { | |
| 9063 int row, col; | |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 row = mouse_row; | |
| 9066 col = mouse_col; | |
| 9067 | |
| 9068 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 9069 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 9070 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9071 } | |
| 9072 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 9073 # endif | |
| 9074 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9075 | |
| 1434 | 9076 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9077 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 9078 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 9079 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9080 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 9081 # endif | |
| 9082 ) | |
| 9083 # endif | |
| 9084 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9085 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9086 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9087 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9088 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9089 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9090 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9091 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9092 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9093 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 9094 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9095 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9096 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9097 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9098 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9099 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9100 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9101 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9102 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9103 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9104 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9105 #endif |
| 1434 | 9106 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9107 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 9108 # endif | |
| 9109 } | |
| 7 | 9110 |
| 9111 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9112 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9113 | |
| 9114 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9115 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9116 # endif | |
| 9117 | |
| 1434 | 9118 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9119 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 9120 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 9121 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 9122 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 9123 { | |
| 9124 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 9125 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 9126 } | |
| 9127 # endif | |
| 9128 | |
| 7 | 9129 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 9130 { | |
| 9131 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9132 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9133 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9134 # endif | |
| 9135 } | |
| 9136 } | |
| 9137 #endif | |
| 9138 | |
| 692 | 9139 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 9140 static void |
| 692 | 9141 ins_tabline(c) |
| 9142 int c; | |
| 9143 { | |
| 9144 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 9145 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 9146 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 9147 { | |
| 9148 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9149 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9150 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9151 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9152 # endif | |
| 9153 } | |
| 9154 | |
| 9155 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 9156 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 9157 else | |
| 846 | 9158 { |
| 692 | 9159 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 9160 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 9161 } | |
| 692 | 9162 } |
| 9163 #endif | |
| 9164 | |
| 9165 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9166 void |
| 9167 ins_scroll() | |
| 9168 { | |
| 9169 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9170 | |
| 9171 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9172 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9173 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9174 { | |
| 9175 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9176 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9177 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9178 # endif | |
| 9179 } | |
| 9180 } | |
| 9181 | |
| 9182 void | |
| 9183 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9184 { | |
| 9185 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9186 | |
| 9187 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9188 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9189 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9190 { |
| 9191 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9192 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9193 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9194 # endif | |
| 9195 } | |
| 9196 } | |
| 9197 #endif | |
| 9198 | |
| 9199 static void | |
| 9200 ins_left() | |
| 9201 { | |
| 9202 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9203 | |
| 9204 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9205 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9206 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9207 #endif | |
| 9208 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9209 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9210 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9211 { | |
| 941 | 9212 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9213 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9214 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9215 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9216 #endif | |
| 9217 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9218 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9219 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9220 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9221 revins_legal++; | |
| 9222 revins_chars++; | |
| 9223 #endif | |
| 9224 } | |
| 9225 | |
| 9226 /* | |
| 9227 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9228 * previous line | |
| 9229 */ | |
| 9230 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9231 { | |
| 9232 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9233 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9234 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9235 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9236 } | |
| 9237 else | |
| 9238 vim_beep(); | |
| 9239 } | |
| 9240 | |
| 9241 static void | |
| 9242 ins_home(c) | |
| 9243 int c; | |
| 9244 { | |
| 9245 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9246 | |
| 9247 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9248 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9249 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9250 #endif | |
| 9251 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9252 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9253 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9254 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9255 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9256 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9257 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9258 #endif | |
| 9259 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9260 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9261 } | |
| 9262 | |
| 9263 static void | |
| 9264 ins_end(c) | |
| 9265 int c; | |
| 9266 { | |
| 9267 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9268 | |
| 9269 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9270 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9271 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9272 #endif | |
| 9273 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9274 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9275 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9276 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9277 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9278 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9279 | |
| 9280 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9281 } | |
| 9282 | |
| 9283 static void | |
| 9284 ins_s_left() | |
| 9285 { | |
| 9286 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9287 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9288 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9289 #endif | |
| 9290 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9291 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9292 { | |
| 9293 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9294 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9295 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9296 } | |
| 9297 else | |
| 9298 vim_beep(); | |
| 9299 } | |
| 9300 | |
| 9301 static void | |
| 9302 ins_right() | |
| 9303 { | |
| 9304 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9305 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9306 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9307 #endif | |
| 9308 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9309 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9310 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9311 || virtual_active() | |
| 9312 #endif | |
| 7 | 9313 ) |
| 9314 { | |
| 9315 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9316 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9317 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9318 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9319 oneright(); | |
| 9320 else | |
| 9321 #endif | |
| 9322 { | |
| 9323 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9324 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9325 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9326 else |
| 9327 #endif | |
| 9328 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9329 } | |
| 9330 | |
| 9331 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9332 revins_legal++; | |
| 9333 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9334 revins_chars--; | |
| 9335 #endif | |
| 9336 } | |
| 9337 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9338 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9339 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9340 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9341 { | |
| 9342 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9343 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9344 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9345 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9346 } | |
| 9347 else | |
| 9348 vim_beep(); | |
| 9349 } | |
| 9350 | |
| 9351 static void | |
| 9352 ins_s_right() | |
| 9353 { | |
| 9354 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9355 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9356 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9357 #endif | |
| 9358 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9359 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9360 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9361 { | |
| 9362 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9363 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9364 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9365 } | |
| 9366 else | |
| 9367 vim_beep(); | |
| 9368 } | |
| 9369 | |
| 9370 static void | |
| 9371 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9372 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9373 { | |
| 9374 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9375 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9376 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9377 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9378 #endif | |
| 9379 | |
| 9380 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9381 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9382 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9383 { | |
| 9384 if (startcol) | |
| 9385 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9386 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9387 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9388 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9389 #endif | |
| 9390 ) | |
| 9391 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9392 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9393 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9394 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9395 #endif | |
| 9396 } | |
| 9397 else | |
| 9398 vim_beep(); | |
| 9399 } | |
| 9400 | |
| 9401 static void | |
| 9402 ins_pageup() | |
| 9403 { | |
| 9404 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9405 | |
| 9406 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9407 |
| 9408 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9409 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9410 { | |
| 9411 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9412 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9413 { | |
| 9414 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9415 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9416 } | |
| 828 | 9417 return; |
| 9418 } | |
| 9419 #endif | |
| 9420 | |
| 7 | 9421 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9422 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9423 { | |
| 9424 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9425 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9426 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9427 #endif | |
| 9428 } | |
| 9429 else | |
| 9430 vim_beep(); | |
| 9431 } | |
| 9432 | |
| 9433 static void | |
| 9434 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9435 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9436 { | |
| 9437 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9438 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9439 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9440 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9441 #endif | |
| 9442 | |
| 9443 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9444 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9445 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9446 { | |
| 9447 if (startcol) | |
| 9448 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9449 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9450 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9451 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9452 #endif | |
| 9453 ) | |
| 9454 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9455 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9456 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9457 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9458 #endif | |
| 9459 } | |
| 9460 else | |
| 9461 vim_beep(); | |
| 9462 } | |
| 9463 | |
| 9464 static void | |
| 9465 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9466 { | |
| 9467 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9468 | |
| 9469 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9470 |
| 9471 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9472 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9473 { | |
| 9474 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9475 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9476 { | |
| 9477 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9478 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9479 } | |
| 828 | 9480 return; |
| 9481 } | |
| 9482 #endif | |
| 9483 | |
| 7 | 9484 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9485 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9486 { | |
| 9487 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9488 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9489 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9490 #endif | |
| 9491 } | |
| 9492 else | |
| 9493 vim_beep(); | |
| 9494 } | |
| 9495 | |
| 9496 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9497 static void | |
| 9498 ins_drop() | |
| 9499 { | |
| 9500 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9501 } | |
| 9502 #endif | |
| 9503 | |
| 9504 /* | |
| 9505 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9506 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9507 */ | |
| 9508 static int | |
| 9509 ins_tab() | |
| 9510 { | |
| 9511 int ind; | |
| 9512 int i; | |
| 9513 int temp; | |
| 9514 | |
| 9515 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9516 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9517 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9518 return FALSE; | |
| 9519 | |
| 9520 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9521 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9522 if (ind) | |
| 9523 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9524 #endif | |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 /* | |
| 9527 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9528 */ | |
| 9529 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 9530 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
| 9531 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
| 9532 return TRUE; | |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9535 return TRUE; | |
| 9536 | |
| 9537 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9538 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9539 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9540 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9541 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9542 #endif | |
| 9543 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9544 | |
| 9545 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 9546 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 9547 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
| 9548 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 9549 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
| 9550 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9551 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9552 | |
| 9553 /* | |
| 9554 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9555 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9556 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9557 */ | |
| 9558 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9559 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9560 { | |
| 9561 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9562 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9563 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9564 else | |
| 9565 #endif | |
| 9566 { | |
| 9567 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9568 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9569 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9570 } | |
| 9571 } | |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 /* | |
| 9574 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9575 */ | |
| 9576 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
| 9577 { | |
| 9578 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9579 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9580 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9581 pos_T pos; | |
| 9582 #endif | |
| 9583 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9584 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9585 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9586 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9587 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9588 | |
| 9589 /* | |
| 9590 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9591 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9592 */ | |
| 9593 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9594 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9595 { | |
| 9596 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9597 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9598 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9599 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9600 return FALSE; | |
| 9601 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9602 } | |
| 9603 else | |
| 9604 #endif | |
| 9605 { | |
| 9606 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9607 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9608 } | |
| 9609 | |
| 9610 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9611 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9612 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9613 | |
| 9614 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9615 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9616 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9617 { | |
| 9618 --fpos.col; | |
| 9619 --ptr; | |
| 9620 } | |
| 9621 | |
| 9622 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9623 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9624 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9625 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9626 { | |
| 9627 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9628 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9629 } | |
| 9630 | |
| 9631 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9632 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9633 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9634 | |
| 9635 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9636 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9637 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9638 { | |
| 9639 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9640 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9641 break; | |
| 9642 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9643 { | |
| 9644 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9645 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9646 { | |
| 9647 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9648 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9649 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9650 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9651 } | |
| 9652 } | |
| 9653 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9654 ++ptr; | |
| 9655 vcol += i; | |
| 9656 } | |
| 9657 | |
| 9658 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9659 { | |
| 9660 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9663 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9664 { | |
| 9665 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9666 ++ptr; | |
| 9667 ++repl_off; | |
| 9668 } | |
| 9669 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9670 { | |
| 9671 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9672 --ptr; | |
| 9673 --repl_off; | |
| 9674 } | |
| 9675 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9676 | |
| 9677 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9678 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9679 if (i > 0) | |
| 9680 { | |
| 1622 | 9681 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9682 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9683 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9684 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9685 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9686 #endif | |
| 9687 ) | |
| 9688 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9689 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9690 } | |
| 33 | 9691 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9692 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9693 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9694 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9695 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9696 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9697 } | |
| 9698 #endif | |
| 7 | 9699 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9700 | |
| 9701 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9702 /* | |
| 9703 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9704 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9705 * spacing. | |
| 9706 */ | |
| 9707 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9708 { | |
| 9709 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9710 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9711 | |
| 9712 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9713 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9714 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9715 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9716 } | |
| 9717 #endif | |
| 9718 } | |
| 9719 | |
| 9720 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9721 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9722 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9723 #endif | |
| 9724 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9725 } | |
| 9726 | |
| 9727 return FALSE; | |
| 9728 } | |
| 9729 | |
| 9730 /* | |
| 9731 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9732 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9733 */ | |
| 9734 static int | |
| 9735 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9736 int c; | |
| 9737 { | |
| 9738 int i; | |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9741 return FALSE; | |
| 9742 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9743 return TRUE; | |
| 9744 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9745 | |
| 9746 /* | |
| 9747 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9748 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9749 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9750 */ | |
| 9751 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9752 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9753 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9754 #endif | |
| 9755 ) | |
| 9756 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9757 | |
| 9758 /* | |
| 9759 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9760 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9761 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9762 * in open_line(). | |
| 9763 */ | |
| 9764 | |
| 844 | 9765 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9766 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9767 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9768 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9769 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9770 #endif | |
| 9771 | |
| 7 | 9772 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9773 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9774 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9775 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9776 # endif | |
| 9777 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9778 * current line. */ | |
| 9779 if (revins_on) | |
| 9780 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9781 #endif | |
| 9782 | |
| 9783 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9784 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9785 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9786 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9787 #endif | |
| 9788 0, old_indent); | |
| 9789 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9790 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9791 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9792 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9793 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9794 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9795 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9796 #endif | |
| 7 | 9797 |
| 9798 return (!i); | |
| 9799 } | |
| 9800 | |
| 9801 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9802 /* | |
| 9803 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9804 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9805 * done. | |
| 9806 */ | |
| 9807 static int | |
| 9808 ins_digraph() | |
| 9809 { | |
| 9810 int c; | |
| 9811 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 9812 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9813 |
| 9814 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9815 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9816 { | |
| 9817 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9818 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9819 |
| 9820 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 9821 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9822 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 9823 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9824 #endif | |
| 9825 } | |
| 9826 | |
| 9827 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9828 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9829 #endif | |
| 9830 | |
| 9831 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9832 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9833 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9834 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9835 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9836 --no_mapping; |
| 9837 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9838 if (did_putchar) |
| 9839 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 9840 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 9841 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9842 |
| 7 | 9843 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 9844 { | |
| 9845 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9846 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9847 #endif | |
| 9848 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9849 return NUL; | |
| 9850 } | |
| 9851 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9852 { | |
| 2811 | 9853 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9854 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 9855 { | |
| 9856 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9857 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9858 |
| 9859 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9860 { | |
| 661 | 9861 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9862 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 9863 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9864 } |
| 9865 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9866 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9867 #endif | |
| 9868 } | |
| 9869 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9870 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9871 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9872 --no_mapping; |
| 9873 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9874 if (did_putchar) |
| 9875 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 9876 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 9877 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 9878 if (cc != ESC) |
| 9879 { | |
| 9880 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9881 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9882 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9883 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9884 #endif | |
| 9885 return c; | |
| 9886 } | |
| 9887 } | |
| 9888 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9889 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9890 #endif | |
| 9891 return NUL; | |
| 9892 } | |
| 9893 #endif | |
| 9894 | |
| 9895 /* | |
| 9896 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9897 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9898 */ | |
| 9899 static int | |
| 9900 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
| 9901 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9902 { | |
| 9903 int c; | |
| 9904 int temp; | |
| 9905 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9906 | |
| 9907 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9908 { | |
| 9909 vim_beep(); | |
| 9910 return NUL; | |
| 9911 } | |
| 9912 | |
| 9913 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9914 temp = 0; | |
| 9915 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9916 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9917 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9918 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9919 { | |
| 9920 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9921 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9922 } | |
| 9923 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9924 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9925 | |
| 9926 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9927 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9928 #else | |
| 9929 c = *ptr; | |
| 9930 #endif | |
| 9931 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9932 vim_beep(); | |
| 9933 return c; | |
| 9934 } | |
| 9935 | |
| 449 | 9936 /* |
| 9937 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 9938 */ | |
| 9939 static int | |
| 9940 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 9941 int tc; | |
| 9942 { | |
| 9943 int c = tc; | |
| 9944 | |
| 9945 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9946 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 9947 { | |
| 9948 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 9949 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 9950 else | |
| 9951 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 9952 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9953 } | |
| 9954 else | |
| 9955 #endif | |
| 9956 { | |
| 9957 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 9958 if (c != NUL) | |
| 9959 { | |
| 9960 long tw_save; | |
| 9961 | |
| 9962 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 9963 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 9964 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 9965 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 9966 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 9967 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 9968 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 9969 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 9970 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9971 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 9972 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9973 revins_chars++; | |
| 9974 revins_legal++; | |
| 9975 #endif | |
| 9976 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 9977 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 9978 } | |
| 9979 } | |
| 9980 return c; | |
| 9981 } | |
| 9982 | |
| 7 | 9983 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 9984 /* | |
| 9985 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 9986 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 9987 */ | |
| 9988 static void | |
| 9989 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 9990 int c; | |
| 9991 { | |
| 9992 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 9993 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9994 int i; | |
| 9995 int temp; | |
| 9996 | |
| 9997 /* | |
| 9998 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 9999 */ | |
| 10000 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 10001 { | |
| 10002 /* | |
| 10003 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 10004 */ | |
| 10005 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 10006 { | |
| 10007 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10008 /* | |
| 10009 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 10010 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 10011 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 10012 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 10013 * lines -- webb | |
| 10014 */ | |
| 10015 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 10016 i = pos->col; | |
| 10017 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 10018 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 10019 ; | |
| 10020 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 10021 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 10022 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 10023 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 10024 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10025 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10026 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10027 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 10028 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10029 else |
| 10030 #endif | |
| 10031 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10032 } | |
| 10033 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 10034 { | |
| 10035 /* | |
| 10036 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 10037 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 10038 */ | |
| 10039 temp = TRUE; | |
| 10040 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10041 { | |
| 10042 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10043 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10044 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10045 { | |
| 10046 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 10047 | |
| 10048 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 10049 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10050 break; | |
| 10051 } | |
| 10052 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 10053 temp = FALSE; | |
| 10054 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10055 } | |
| 10056 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 10057 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10058 } |
| 10059 } | |
| 10060 | |
| 10061 /* | |
| 10062 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 10063 */ | |
| 10064 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 10065 { | |
| 10066 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 10067 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 10068 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10069 } | |
| 10070 | |
| 10071 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 10072 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 10073 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 10074 } | |
| 10075 #endif | |
| 10076 | |
| 10077 /* | |
| 10078 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 10079 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 10080 */ | |
| 10081 static colnr_T | |
| 10082 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 10083 { | |
| 10084 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 10085 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 10086 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10087 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 10088 } | |
| 3390 | 10089 |
| 10090 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 10091 /* | |
| 10092 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
| 10093 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
| 10094 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
| 10095 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
| 10096 */ | |
| 10097 static char_u * | |
| 10098 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
| 10099 int c; | |
| 10100 { | |
| 10101 char_u *res; | |
| 10102 | |
| 10103 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
| 10104 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
| 10105 return NULL; | |
| 10106 | |
| 10107 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ | |
| 10108 ++textlock; | |
| 10109 set_vim_var_char(c); /* set v:char */ | |
| 10110 | |
| 10111 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) | |
| 10112 /* Get the new value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
| 10113 * character. */ | |
| 10114 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
| 10115 else | |
| 10116 res = NULL; | |
| 10117 | |
| 10118 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
| 10119 --textlock; | |
| 10120 | |
| 10121 return res; | |
| 10122 } | |
| 10123 #endif |